Search the source libraries

Is repetitive negative thinking a transdiagnostic process? A comparison of key processes of RNT in depression, generalized anxiety disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, and community controls.

Background and objectives: The transdiagnostic view of repetitive negative thinking (RNT) claims that different forms of RNT are characterized by identical processes that are applied to disorder-specific content. The purpose of the study was to test whether the processes of RNT differ across major depression disorder (MDD), generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), and obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). Methods: Forty-two individuals diagnosed with MDD, 35 individuals with GAD, 41 individuals with OCD, and 35 community controls were asked to think of a typical RNT episode and to rate its processes (core processes; use of mental capacity, unproductivity, abstractness, verbal quality, duration). Ratings were compared across groups using planned contrasts and analysis of variance. Results: All individuals with a clinical diagnosis rated the key processes of RNT and avoidance function of RNT as higher than healthy controls. There were no differences between individuals diagnosed with MDD, GAD or OCD on key processes and avoidance function of RNT. Limitations: Results are based on retrospective self-reports, which might restrict validity of the measurements. Conclusions: Data support the transdiagnostic hypothesis of RNT. Transdiagnostic prevention and intervention techniques seem highly recommendable given these findings.

Journal of behavior therapy and experimental psychiatry · cohort or longitudinal · 82 citationsread the source →

State care in childhood and adult mortality: a systematic review and meta-analysis of prospective cohort studies.

Background: Removal from family of origin to state care can be a highly challenging childhood experience and is itself linked to an array of unfavourable outcomes in adult life. We aim to synthetise evidence on the risk of adult mortality in people with a history of state care in early life, and assess the association according to different contexts. Methods: In this systematic review and meta-analysis, we focused on four health outcomes hypothesised to be associated with exposure to early state care: total mortality, cardiovascular disease, cancer, and suicide. We searched the electronic databases PubMed and Embase from inception to Jan 21, 2022, for studies fulfilling the following criteria: it was a prospective study in which the assessment of care was made up to 18 years of age; it included an unexposed comparator group; the focus of the study was temporary out-of-home care and not adoption; mortality surveillance was extended into adulthood; standard estimates of association (eg, relative risk, odds ratios, or hazard ratios) and variance (eg, CIs and SE) were provided; the study appeared in a peer-reviewed journal; and the study was published in English. An adapted Cochrane Risk of Bias Tool was used to assess study quality. We extracted estimates of association and variance from qualifying studies and augmented these findings with analyses of unpublished data from individual participants in two UK birth cohorts-ie, the 1958 and 1970 studies (total n=21 936). We computed hazard ratios with accompanying 95% CIs for care and each health outcome separately for each study, and then pooled the results using a random-effects meta-analysis. This review is registered at PROSPERO, CRD42021254665. Findings: We identified 210 potentially eligible published articles, of which 14 met our inclusion criteria (two studies were unpublished). Of 3 223 580 individuals drawn from 13 studies, those who were exposed to care in childhood had twice the risk of total mortality in adulthood relative to those without a history of care in childhood (summary risk ratio 2·21 [95% CI 1·62-3·02]), with study-specific estimates varying between 1·04 and 5·77 (I2 =98%). Despite some attenuation, this association remained following adjustment for other measures of early-life adversity; extended into middle and older age; was stronger in higher-quality studies; and was of equal magnitude according to sex, geographical region, and birth year. There was some suggestion of sensitive periods of exposure to care, whereby individuals who entered state care for the first time in adolescence (2·47 [0·98-6·52]) had greater rates of mortality than those doing so early in the life course (1·75 [1·25-2·45]). In four studies including 534 890 people, children in care had more than three times the risk of completed suicide in adulthood relative to their unexposed peers (3·35 [2·41-4·68]), with study-specific estimates ranging between 2·42 and 5·85 (I2=72%). The magnitude of this association was weaker after adjustment for multiple covariates; in men than in women; and in lower-quality studies. Interpretation: Our results for adult mortality suggest child protection systems, social policy, and health services following care graduation are insufficient to mitigate the adverse experiences that might have preceded placement into care and those that might accompany it. Funding: None.

The Lancet. Public health · meta-analysis · 25 citationsread the source →

Global, regional, and national incidence and mortality burden of non-COVID-19 lower respiratory infections and aetiologies, 1990-2021: a systematic analysis from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2021.

Background: Lower respiratory infections (LRIs) are a major global contributor to morbidity and mortality. In 2020-21, non-pharmaceutical interventions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic reduced not only the transmission of SARS-CoV-2, but also the transmission of other LRI pathogens. Tracking LRI incidence and mortality, as well as the pathogens responsible, can guide health-system responses and funding priorities to reduce future burden. We present estimates from the Global Burden of Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors Study (GBD) 2021 of the burden of non-COVID-19 LRIs and corresponding aetiologies from 1990 to 2021, inclusive of pandemic effects on the incidence and mortality of select respiratory viruses, globally, regionally, and for 204 countries and territories. Methods: We estimated mortality, incidence, and aetiology attribution for LRI, defined by the GBD as pneumonia or bronchiolitis, not inclusive of COVID-19. We analysed 26 259 site-years of mortality data using the Cause of Death Ensemble model to estimate LRI mortality rates. We analysed all available age-specific and sex-specific data sources, including published literature identified by a systematic review, as well as household surveys, hospital admissions, health insurance claims, and LRI mortality estimates, to generate internally consistent estimates of incidence and prevalence using DisMod-MR 2.1. For aetiology estimation, we analysed multiple causes of death, vital registration, hospital discharge, microbial laboratory, and literature data using a network analysis model to produce the proportion of LRI deaths and episodes attributable to the following pathogens: Acinetobacter baumannii, Chlamydia spp, Enterobacter spp, Escherichia coli, fungi, group B streptococcus, Haemophilus influenzae, influenza viruses, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Legionella spp, Mycoplasma spp, polymicrobial infections, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae, and other viruses (ie, the aggregate of all viruses studied except influenza and RSV), as well as a residual category of other bacterial pathogens. Findings: Globally, in 2021, we estimated 344 million (95% uncertainty interval [UI] 325-364) incident episodes of LRI, or 4350 episodes (4120-4610) per 100 000 population, and 2·18 million deaths (1·98-2·36), or 27·7 deaths (25·1-29·9) per 100 000. 502 000 deaths (406 000-611 000) were in children younger than 5 years, among which 254 000 deaths (197 000-320 000) occurred in countries with a low Socio-demographic Index. Of the 18 modelled pathogen categories in 2021, S pneumoniae was responsible for the highest proportions of LRI episodes and deaths, with an estimated 97·9 million (92·1-104·0) episodes and 505 000 deaths (454 000-555 000) globally. The pathogens responsible for the second and third highest episode counts globally were other viral aetiologies (46·4 million [43·6-49·3] episodes) and Mycoplasma spp (25·3 million [23·5-27·2]), while those responsible for the second and third highest death counts were S aureus (424 000 [380 000-459 000]) and K pneumoniae (176 000 [158 000-194 000]). From 1990 to 2019, the global all-age non-COVID-19 LRI mortality rate declined by 41·7% (35·9-46·9), from 56·5 deaths (51·3-61·9) to 32·9 deaths (29·9-35·4) per 100 000. From 2019 to 2021, during the COVID-19 pandemic and implementation of associated non-pharmaceutical interventions, we estimated a 16·0% (13·1-18·6) decline in the global all-age non-COVID-19 LRI mortality rate, largely accounted for by a 71·8% (63·8-78·9) decline in the number of influenza deaths and a 66·7% (56·6-75·3) decline in the number of RSV deaths. Interpretation: Substantial progress has been made in reducing LRI mortality, but the burden remains high, especially in low-income and middle-income countries. During the COVID-19 pandemic, with its associated non-pharmaceutical interventions, global incident LRI cases and mortality attributable to influenza and RSV declined substantially. Expanding access to health-care services and vaccines, including S pneumoniae, H influenzae type B, and novel RSV vaccines, along with new low-cost interventions against S aureus, could mitigate the LRI burden and prevent transmission of LRI-causing pathogens. Funding: Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, Wellcome Trust, and Department of Health and Social Care (UK).

The Lancet. Infectious diseases · systematic review · 388 citationsread the source →

Psychological and Psychosomatic Symptoms of Second Victims of Adverse Events: a Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis.

Objectives: Despite growing interest in the second-victim phenomenon and greater awareness of its consequences, there has not been a meta-analysis quantifying the negative impact of adverse events on providers involved in adverse events. This study systematically reviewed the types and prevalence of psychological and psychosomatic symptoms among second victims. Methods: We conducted a systematic review of nine electronic databases up to February 2017, without restrictions to publication date or language, examining also additional sources (e.g., gray literature, volumes of journals). Two reviewers performed the search, selection process, quality assessment, data extraction, and synthesis. We resolved disagreements by consensus and/or involving a third reviewer. Quantitative studies on the prevalence of psychological and psychosomatic symptoms of second victims were eligible for inclusion. We used random effects modeling to calculate the overall prevalence rates and the I statistic. Results: Of 7210 records retrieved, 98 potentially relevant studies were identified. Full-text evaluation led to a final selection of 18 studies, based on the reports of 11,649 healthcare providers involved in adverse events. The most prevalent symptoms were troubling memories (81%, 95% confidence interval [CI] = 46-95), anxiety/concern (76%, 95% CI = 33-95), anger toward themselves (75%, 95% CI = 59-86), regret/remorse (72%, 95% CI = 62-81), distress (70%, 95% CI = 60-79), fear of future errors (56%, 95% CI = 34-75), embarrassment (52%, 95% CI = 31-72), guilt (51%, 95% CI = 41-62), and sleeping difficulties (35%, 95% CI = 22-51). Conclusions: Second victims report a high prevalence and wide range of psychological symptoms. More than two-thirds of providers reported troubling memories, anxiety, anger, remorse, and distress. Preventive and therapeutic programs should aim to decrease second victims' emotional distress.

Journal of patient safety · meta-analysis · 134 citationsread the source →

Neurofeedback, sham neurofeedback, and cognitive-behavioural group therapy in adults with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: a triple-blind, randomised, controlled trial.

Background: Many studies suggest that electroencephalographic (EEG) neurofeedback might be beneficial in the treatment of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). However, numbers of well controlled studies are low and neurofeedback techniques are regarded as highly controversial. The present trial examined the efficacy (compared with sham neurofeedback) and efficiency (compared with meta-cognitive therapy) of a standard EEG neurofeedback protocol in adults with ADHD. Methods: We did a concurrent, triple-blind, randomised, controlled trial using authorised deception in adults with ADHD from one centre (University of Tübingen) in Tübingen, Germany. Participants were eligible if they fulfilled the DSM-IV-TR criteria for ADHD, were aged between 18 years and 60 years, and had no or stable use of medication for at least 2 months with no intention to change. We excluded participants who had comorbid schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder, bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder, epilepsy, or traumatic brain injury; substance abuse or dependence; or current or planned other psychological treatment. Those eligible were randomly assigned to three groups: a neurofeedback group which received 30 verum θ-to-β neurofeedback sessions over 15 weeks, a sham neurofeedback group which received 15 sham followed by 15 verum θ-to-β neurofeedback sessions over 15 weeks, or a meta-cognitive group therapy group which received 12 sessions over 12 weeks. Participants were assigned equally to one of the three interventions through a computerised minimisation randomisation procedure stratified by sex, age, and baseline symptom severity of ADHD. Participants were masked as to whether they were receiving neurofeedback or sham neurofeedback, but those receiving meta-cognitive therapy were aware of their treatment. Clinical assessors (ie, those assessing outcomes) and research staff who did the neurofeedback training were masked to participants' randomisation status only for neurofeedback and sham neurofeedback. The primary outcome was symptom score on the Conners' adult ADHD rating scale, assessed before treatment, at midtreatment (after 8 weeks), after treatment (after 16 weeks), and 6 months later. All individuals with at least one observation after randomisation were included in the analyses. This trial is registered with ClinicalTrials.gov, number NCT01883765. Findings: Between Feb 1, 2013, and Dec 1, 2015, 761 people were assessed for eligibility. 656 (86%) were excluded and 118 (15%) were eligible for participation in this study. Eligible participants were randomly assigned to neurofeedback (38 [32%]), sham neurofeedback (39 [33%]), or meta-cognitive therapy (41 [35%]). 37 (97%) individuals for neurofeedback, 38 (97%) for sham neurofeedback, and 38 (93%) for meta-cognitive therapy were included in analyses. Self-reported ADHD symptoms decreased substantially for all treatment groups (B=-2·58 [95% CI -3·48 to -1·68]; p<0·0001) between pretreatment and the end of 6 month follow-up, independent of treatment condition (neurofeedback vs sham neurofeedback B=-0·89 [95% CI -2·14 to 0·37], p=0·168; neurofeedback vs meta-cognitive therapy -0·30 [-1·55 to 0·95], p=0·639). No treatment-related or trial-related serious adverse events were reported. Interpretation: Our findings suggest that neurofeedback training is not superior to a sham condition or group psychotherapy. All three treatments were equivalently effective in reducing ADHD symptoms. This first randomised, sham-controlled trial did not show any specific effects of neurofeedback on ADHD symptoms in adults. Funding: German Research Foundation.

The lancet. Psychiatry · randomised controlled trial · 91 citationsread the source →

Smoking cessation for people with severe mental illness (SCIMITAR+): a pragmatic randomised controlled trial.

Background: People with severe mental illnesses such as schizophrenia are three times more likely to smoke than the wider population, contributing to widening health inequalities. Smoking remains the largest modifiable risk factor for this health inequality, but people with severe mental illness have not historically engaged with smoking cessation services. We aimed to test the effectiveness of a combined behavioural and pharmacological smoking cessation intervention targeted specifically at people with severe mental illness. Methods: In the smoking cessation intervention for severe mental illness (SCIMITAR+) trial, a pragmatic, randomised controlled study, we recruited heavy smokers with bipolar disorder or schizophrenia from 16 primary care and 21 community-based mental health sites in the UK. Participants were eligible if they were aged 18 years or older, and smoked at least five cigarettes per day. Exclusion criteria included substantial comorbid drug or alcohol problems and people who lacked capacity to consent at the time of recruitment. Using computer-generated random numbers, participants were randomly assigned (1:1) to a bespoke smoking cessation intervention or to usual care. Participants, mental health specialists, and primary care physicians were unmasked to assignment. The bespoke smoking cessation intervention consisted of behavioural support from a mental health smoking cessation practitioner and pharmacological aids for smoking cessation, with adaptations for people with severe mental illness-such as, extended pre-quit sessions, cut down to quit, and home visits. Access to pharmacotherapy was via primary care after discussion with the smoking cessation specialist. Under usual care participants were offered access to local smoking cessation services not specifically designed for people with severe mental illnesses. The primary endpoint was smoking cessation at 12 months ascertained via carbon monoxide measurements below 10 parts per million and self-reported cessation for the past 7 days. Secondary endpoints were biologically verified smoking cessation at 6 months; number of cigarettes smoked per day, Fagerström Test for Nicotine Dependence (FTND) and Motivation to Quit (MTQ) questionnaire; general and mental health functioning determined via the Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9), the Generalised Anxiety Disorder-7 (GAD-7) questionnaire, and 12-Item Short Form Health Survey (SF-12); and body-mass index (BMI). This trial was registerd with the ISRCTN registry, number ISRCTN72955454, and is complete. Findings: Between Oct 7, 2015, and Dec 16, 2016, 526 eligible patients were randomly assigned to the bespoke smoking cessation intervention (n=265) or usual care (n=261). 309 (59%) participants were male, median age was 47·2 years (IQR 36·3-54·5), with high nicotine dependence (mean 24 cigarettes per day [SD 13·2]), and the most common severe mental disorders were schizophrenia or other psychotic illness (n=343 [65%]), bipolar disorder (n=115 [22%]), and schizoaffective disorder (n=66 [13%]). 234 (88%) of intervention participants engaged with the treatment programme and attended 6·4 (SD 3·5) quit smoking sessions, with an average duration of 39 min (SD 17; median 35 min, range 5-120). Verified quit data at 12 months were available for 219 (84%) of 261 usual care and 223 (84%) of 265 intervention participants. The proportion of participants who had quit at 12 months was higher in the intervention group than in the usual care group, but non-significantly (34 [15%] of 223 [13% of those assigned to group] vs 22 [10%] of 219 [8% of those assigned to group], risk difference 5·2%, 95% CI -1·0 to 11·4; odds ratio [OR] 1·6, 95% CI 0·9 to 2·9; p=0·10). The proportion of participants who quit at 6 months was significantly higher in the intervention group than in the usual care group (32 [14%] of 226 vs 14 [6%] of 217; risk difference 7·7%, 95% CI 2·1 to 13·3; OR 2·4, 95% CI 1·2 to 4·6; p=0·010). The incidence rate ratio for number of cigarettes smoked per day at 6 months was 0·90 (95% CI 0·80 to 1·01; p=0·079), and at 12 months was 1·00 (0·89 to 1·13; p=0·95). At both 6 months and 12 months, the intervention group was non-significantly favoured in the FTND (adjusted mean difference 6 months -0·18, 95% CI -0·53 to 0·17, p=0·32; and 12 months -0·01, -0·39 to 0·38, p=0·97) and MTQ questionnaire (adjusted mean difference 0·58, -0·01 to 1·17, p=0·056; and 12 months 0·64, 0·04 to 1·24, p=0·038). The PHQ-9 showed no difference between the groups (adjusted mean difference at 6 months 0·20, 95% CI -0·85 to 1·24 vs 12 months -0·12, -1·18 to 0·94). For the SF-12 survey, we saw evidence of improvement in physical health in the intervention group at 6 months (adjusted mean difference 1·75, 95% CI 0·21 to 3·28), but this difference was not evident at 12 months (0·59, -1·07 to 2·26); and we saw no difference in mental health between the groups at 6 or 12 months (adjusted mean difference at 6 months -0·73, 95% CI -2·82 to 1·36, and 12 months -0·41, -2·35 to 1·53). The GAD-7 questionnaire showed no difference between the groups (adjusted mean difference at 6 months -0·32 95% CI -1·26 to 0·62 vs 12 months -0·10, -1·05 to 0·86). No difference in BMI was seen between the groups (adjusted mean difference 6 months 0·16, 95% CI -0·54 to 0·85; 12 months 0·25, -0·62 to 1·13). Interpretation: This bespoke intervention is a candidate model of smoking cessation for clinicians and policy makers to address high prevalence of smoking. The incidence of quitting at 6 months shows that smoking cessation can be achieved, but the waning of this effect by 12 months means more effort is needed for sustained quitting. Funding: National Institute for Health Research Health Technology Assessment Programme.

The lancet. Psychiatry · randomised controlled trial · 134 citationsread the source →

Pharmacological and Non-Pharmacological Interventions to Improve Sleep in People with Cognitive Impairment: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis.

Sleep disturbance is common among people with cognitive impairment and, when present, is an important target for intervention because it potentially leads to negative outcomes and cognitive decline. Given this association, sleep represents a potential public health target, although evidence for efficacy is lacking. For this study, a systematic review and meta-analysis was undertaken of controlled clinical trials of pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions to improve sleep in mild cognitive impairment and dementia. A total of 144 trials involving 13,471 participants (median 50 per trial) were included. To measure sleep, 68 trials used subjective measures exclusively, and 41 used only objective measures, while 35 used a combination. In all, 287 discrete sleep outcome measures were reported. Bright light therapy was the most frequently examined non-pharmacological intervention, but results were equivocal. Other non-pharmacological interventions (such as physical activity, cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia, music, and continuous positive airway pressure) showed promise but require further evidence. Results for melatonin, the most frequently examined pharmacological intervention, were inconclusive, but lower doses may be more effective. Other pharmacological interventions (such as trazadone and orexin-receptor antagonists) demonstrated effectiveness in a small number of trials but require further evidence. Overall, there is insufficient evidence upon which to base clinical decisions regarding the treatment of sleep disturbance in this population. Existing research is marked by wide heterogeneity, which limits opportunities for data synthesis. A core outcome set is urgently required to ensure that future research provides more coherent and reliable evidence to improve outcomes for people with cognitive impairment and sleep disturbance.

International journal of environmental research and public health · meta-analysis · 5 citationsread the source →

Trial for Reducing Weight Retention in New Mums: a randomised controlled trial evaluating a low intensity, postpartum weight management programme.

Background: Failure to return to pregnancy weight by 6 months postpartum is associated with long-term obesity, as well as adverse health outcomes. This research evaluated a postpartum weight management programme for women with a body mass index (BMI) > 25 kg m(-2) that combined behaviour change principles and a low-intensity delivery format with postpartum nutrition information. Methods: Women were randomised at 24-28 weeks to control (supported care; SC) or intervention (enhanced care; EC) groups, stratified by BMI cohort. At 36 weeks of gestation, SC women received a 'nutrition for breastfeeding' resource and EC women received a nutrition assessment and goal-setting session about post-natal nutrition, plus a 6-month correspondence intervention requiring return of self-monitoring sheets. Weight change, anthropometry, diet, physical activity, breastfeeding, fasting glucose and insulin measures were assessed at 6 weeks and 6 months postpartum. Results: Seventy-seven percent (40 EC and 41 SC) of the 105 women approached were recruited; 36 EC and 35 SC women received a programme and 66.7% and 48.6% completed the study, respectively. No significant differences were observed between any outcomes. Median [interquartile range (IQR)] weight change was EC: -1.1 (9.5) kg versus SC: -1.1 (7.5) kg (6 weeks to 6 months) and EC: +1.0 (8.7) kg versus SC: +2.3 (9) kg (prepregnancy to 6 months). Intervention women breastfed for half a month longer than control women (180 versus 164 days; P = 0.10). An average of 2.3 out of six activity sheets per participant was returned. Conclusions: Despite low intervention engagement, the high retention rate suggests this remains an area of interest to women. Future strategies must facilitate women's engagement, be individually tailored, and include features that support behaviour change to decrease women's risk of chronic health issues.

Journal of human nutrition and dietetics : the official journal of the British Dietetic Association · randomised controlled trial · 30 citationsread the source →

Combat sports and wellbeing: advancing health and inclusion in athletes and practitioners. An opinion paper

Historically, combat sports have been predominantly conceptualized within the framework of elite competition, emphasizing physical aptitude, technical proficiency, and strategic execution (1-3). Despite their traditional and peculiar constitutions and developments, disciplines such as judo, karate, taekwondo, wrestling, fencing, boxing, and mixed martial arts have commonly been associated with high-performance athletes striving for competitive excellence on national and international stages (1, 4-6). However, contemporary discourse increasingly recognizes their expansive role in contributing to physical and psychological well-being, and social inclusion of the practitioners (7, 8). This paradigmatic shift underscores the capacity of combat sports to function as inclusive and accessible modalities for fostering multidimensional health benefits across diverse populations, including individuals with disabilities and other marginalized groups (9-13).The interdisciplinary exploration of physical activity and health highlights the intricate interrelationship between structured sports engagement and holistic well-being (14). Whilst conventional team and individual sports have long been acknowledged for their physiological and psychosocial benefits, combat sports exhibit distinct characteristics that might amplify these advantages (15, 16). Within combat sports, the synergistic interplay of rigorous physical conditioning, the cognitive engagement, adherence to rules, competition dynamics, respect, externalizing emotions regulation, are intertwined with pedagogical and philosophical values, thus presenting a unique framework for enhancing psychological resilience, cognitive adaptability, and emotional control. Consequently, the systematic practice of combat sports has been increasingly examined as a way of promoting mental health, stress modulation, and social cohesion (17, 18).The inclusive nature of many combat sports programmes further accentuates their relevance in dismantling stereotypes, facilitating integration, and fostering equity and social integration (19-21). In fact, they demonstrated significant adaptability to accommodate individuals with disabilities (e.g., physical impairments, developmental, emotional, intellectual disorders), thereby ensuring equitable access and fostering empowerment (9, 22). Adapted judo, para-taekwondo, and other modified combat disciplines provide individuals with disabilities a structured platform to engage in physical activity, cultivate self-efficacy, and develop meaningful social connections within a supportive and adaptive environment (23). From a public health perspective, the integration of combat sports within community-based health initiatives offers a compelling opportunity to engage populations that may not traditionally participate in structured physical activity programmes (7, 8, 19). The distinctive accessibility of combat sports, which cater to practitioners of all skill levels (e.g., from novices to elite athletes) sets them apart from many other sports. While their structured progression, adaptability, and emphasis on holistic development make them a viable option for lifelong and intergenerational participation (19, 24, 25), the mentorship and pedagogical frameworks cultivate positive role modeling, discipline, and intrinsic motivation, which are integral for sustaining long-term adherence to health-promoting behaviors (8).Furthermore, the intersection between combat sports and mental health has increasingly emerged as a focal point within academic and clinical research (17) with empirical evidence suggesting an association between participation and enhanced self-regulation and self-efficacy, and reduction in anxiety and depressive symptomatology (8, 26, 27). In necessitating sustained focus, adaptability, and emotional equilibrium, combat sports inherently require cognitive and affective demands, which align closely with established psychological frameworks that underpin mental well-being (28, 29). Moreover, the integration of mindfulness techniques, stress management strategies, and resilience-building paradigms within combat sports training substantiates their potential as a non-pharmacological intervention for addressing various mental health challenges (e.g., autism spectrum and oppositional defiant disorders) (30, 31).Despite these advantages, the discourse surrounding combat sports and well-being necessitates a critical examination of inherent risks and potential challenges. Issues related to injury risk, hypercompetitive environments, eating disorders, sexual harassment, and the psychological stressors associated with high-intensity training warrant careful scrutiny (32-36). The implementation of evidence-based injury prevention protocols, the establishment of ethically responsible coaching methodologies, and the promotion of safe training environments are imperative to ensure that the benefits of combat sports are maximized while minimizing adverse outcomes. Against this backdrop, this opinion paper seeks to examine the role of combat sports in advancing health and social inclusion among athletes and practitioners. Through a synthesis of contemporary empirical findings, theoretical paradigms, and applied insights, this paper aims to contribute to the evolving discourse on the potential of combat sports as a catalyst for holistic well-being. By delineating the multidimensional impact of combat sports on physical, psychological, and social health, this paper endeavors to underscore their transformative potential as an instrument for fostering individual and community well-being within different populations. DiscussionWhilst an expanding body of research and an evolution in scholarly discourse is recognizing the combat sports’ broader implications for holistic well-being (30, 37), a rigorous evaluation of the investigation methodologies, the validity of hypotheses, and the translational potential of recent findings is necessary to contextualize their significance within the sports and public health sciences, considering their strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats (Figure 1).----------------------------------------ADD FIGURE 1 ABOUT HERE----------------------------------------Empirical evidence robustly shows the positive impact of combat sports on physical fitness, motor coordination, and cardiovascular health (3, 38). These benefits are attributed to the high-intensity, intermittent nature of combat sports training, which enhances aerobic and anaerobic endurance, muscular strength, and neuromuscular control (39). However, concerns regarding injury risk, particularly in striking and contact-intensive disciplines such as boxing, taekwondo, and mixed martial arts, necessitate continued research into injury mitigation strategies, particularly those targeting concussion and repetitive head trauma (6, 35, 40, 41). Moreover, many combat sports have developed styles with reduced or simulated contact to minimize injury risk. For example, the French "boxe éducative" emphasizing technique and control, penalizing any violent behaviors (42) and the value and application of kata (i.e., forms; prearranged, pattern practices) to learning and adopting judo technique in a safe way educating the athlete culturally, to enrich her/him as a person (43).Beyond physical health, recent studies highlight the psychological benefits of combat sports, including reductions in anxiety and depression and improvements in self-efficacy, emotional regulation, resilience, and stress management (27, 44-47). Therefore, combat sports-based interventions for individuals with mental health conditions have yielded promising outcomes (23). Despite these encouraging findings, variability in study designs, participant demographics, and intervention protocols limits their external validity, underscoring the need for further rigorously controlled investigations. Furthermore, some authors claimed that combat sport athletes might present symptoms of low energy availability and high anxiety levels associated with competition- and injury-related psychological stressors, deficits in executive functions and neuropsychological impairments associated with occurrence of concussions, disordered eating and eating disorders associated with weight-loss, and might suffer offensive, frightening, hostile, degrading, humiliating experiences, or sexual harassment, which urge safeguarding actions (32-36).The role of combat sports in fostering social inclusion has gained empirical support, particularly in programmes aimed at individuals with disabilities and marginalized communities (25, 48). For instance, a recent systematic review shows that judo interventions adapted for intellectual disabilities help improve social integration and self-perception and enhance participants' quality of life (49). The development of para-combat sports demonstrates enhanced physical and motor abilities while providing psychosocial benefits to various populations with different disabilities, promoting social integration, self-perception, and community belonging (50, 51). However, longitudinal research is needed to assess the long-term retention rates and sustainability of these benefits. Furthermore, there is a need of studies focused on the most appropriate adapted rules to achieve a fairer competition for ensuring a sense of success in individuals with physical, emotional, mental, hearing or visual impairments participating in adapted sports competitions at local, national, and international levels. Methodological approaches in combat sports research encompass experimental, longitudinal, qualitative, and systematic review designs. While randomized controlled trials remain the gold standard for establishing causality, their application in combat sports research is constrained by ethical concerns, logistical challenges, and the inherently dynamic nature of training environments (52, 53). Consequently, many studies rely on observational designs, which, despite their value in identifying associations, are susceptible to confounding variables and biases (24, 54).Qualitative methodologies have provided critical insights into the lived experiences of combat sports practitioners, offering perspectives on psychological and social dimensions that are often overlooked in quantitative studies (28). Ethnographic research has been particularly instrumental in elucidating the role of combat sports in shaping identity, discipline, and personal development (55). However, limitations in reproducibility and generalizability highlight the need for mixed-methods approaches to generate a more comprehensive understanding of combat sports' impact (25, 56).Additionally, the incorporation of biometric and neurocognitive assessments, such as heart rate variability analysis, functional MRI, and salivary cortisol measurements, has advanced our understanding of the physiological and psychological mechanisms underlying combat sports participation (47, 57, 58). Despite their objective precision, these techniques often face challenges related to cost, accessibility, and limited sample sizes, necessitating the development of scalable and cost-effective methodologies for broader research application. Finally, recent studies show that virtual reality (VR) technology and digital platforms are increasingly becoming part of combat sports training methods. Due to COVID-19 restrictions, martial arts schools and organizations implemented hybrid or online training models, which allowed athletes to stay engaged. VR boxing programmes provide users with virtual sparring simulations to enhance their motor skills without needing physical interaction. Initial results indicate that VR training enhances response behavior in karate athletes (59). Digital adaptations offer great potential, especially for people with limited mobility or remote locations. However, further studies are necessary to prove their enduring effects on physical health and psychological and social aspects (59-61).Strengths and Weaknesses of Scientific HypothesesThe hypothesis that combat sports confer multidimensional health benefits is strongly supported by empirical evidence spanning physiological, psychological, and social domains (8, 62-64). The integration of physical exertion, cognitive engagement, and structured discipline inherent in combat sports aligns with established theories of exercise psychology, neuroplasticity, and social identity formation (65, 66). This multidimensional perspective provides a robust theoretical foundation for advocating combat sports as a health-promoting activity. Nevertheless, several limitations warrant consideration. The heterogeneity of disciplines, which vary highly in intensity, contact level, and training methodologies, is often inadequately addressed in research, leading to overgeneralized conclusions (17, 39). Often underexamined, individual differences in personality, motivation, and previous trauma history may strongly moderate the psychological outcomes of combat sports participation (35, 67, 68).Additionally, a research focus is needed on concerns regarding the potential for adverse psychological effects (e.g., anxiety, depression, disordered eating behaviors, burnout, and decreased self-esteem), particularly in competitive environments where performance pressure, extreme weight-cutting practices, and aggressive coaching styles are prevalent (69, 70). Indeed, a balanced perspective that considers both benefits and risks is essential for the development of evidence-based recommendations (10, 71).Future DirectionsTo enhance the field, future research should prioritize well-structured longitudinal studies that assess the long-term impact of combat sports participation on physical, psychological, and social health. Standardization of outcome measures, intervention protocols, and participant demographics would facilitate cross-study comparisons and strengthen the reliability of findings (72, 73). Moreover, interdisciplinary collaborations incorporating sports science, psychology, and sociology could provide a more holistic perspective on combat sports' broader implications on practitioners (74).From a policy perspective, to yield valuable insights into combat sports’ practical applications research should investigate their efficacy within public health, educational, and rehabilitation initiatives, particularly for underserved and vulnerable populations (23, 75, 76).Furthermore, while safety remains a primary concern, advancements in protective equipment, training methodologies, education for athletes, coaches, referees and tournament directors, and regulatory frameworks should be continually evaluated to optimize benefits while mitigating risks (40, 41, 58, 77, 78). Ethical considerations, particularly concerning athlete well-being and inclusive participation, should remain a central focus in both research and practical implementation (17, 34, 36).Therefore, key research challenges to be addressed are: 1. Injury risk and safety: a need for injury prevention strategies, especially for concussions and head trauma in striking sports. 2. Psychological wellbeing: risks of stress, anxiety, burnout, and negative self-perception in competitive environments. 3. Inclusion and accessibility: a need for more research on long-term social and psychological benefits for marginalized groups and individuals with disabilities. 4. Methodological limitations: lack of standardized protocols, variability in study designs, and limited reproducibility of findings. 5. Ethical and regulatory issues: concerns over coaching practices, extreme weight-cutting, and athlete wellbeing in high-pressure environments. 6. Technological innovations: more research required on the effectiveness of VR and digital training tools in combat sports. 7. Public health and policy: exploration of combat sports' role in health initiatives, rehabilitation, and educational programs. ConclusionThe evolving discourse on combat sports highlights their potential as a multidimensional tool for well-being promotion. While a substantial body of evidence supports their benefits, a critical examination of methodological limitations, scientific hypotheses, and practical applications is essential for further refine our understanding and enhance their effectiveness. Finally, this article makes a significant contribution not only to the field of martial arts but also to public health and sports psychology. Its interdisciplinary approach calls for scientific collaboration and methodological rigor, reinforces the need for evidence-based policies and can serve as a valuable guide for researchers and policymakers looking to integrate combat sports into strategies for promoting health and social inclusion.

Frontiers in Psychology · 12 citationsread the source →

Association between suicidal ideation and suicide: meta-analyses of odds ratios, sensitivity, specificity and positive predictive value.

Background: The expression of suicidal ideation is considered to be an important warning sign for suicide. However, the predictive properties of suicidal ideation as a test of later suicide are unclear. AimsTo assess the strength of the association between suicidal ideation and later suicide measured by odds ratio (OR), sensitivity, specificity and positive predictive value (PPV). Method: We located English-language studies indexed in PubMed that reported the expression or non-expression of suicidal ideation among people who later died by suicide or did not. A random effects meta-analysis was used to assess the pooled OR, sensitivity, specificity and PPV of suicidal ideation for later suicide among groups of people from psychiatric and non-psychiatric settings. Results: There was a moderately strong but highly heterogeneous association between suicidal ideation and later suicide (n = 71, OR = 3.41, 95% CI 2.59-4.49, 95% prediction interval 0.42-28.1, I2 = 89.4, Q-value = 661, d.f.(Q) = 70, P ≤0.001). Studies conducted in primary care and other non-psychiatric settings had similar pooled odds to studies of current and former psychiatric patients (OR = 3.86 v. OR = 3.23, P = 0.7). The pooled sensitivity of suicidal ideation for later suicide was 41% (95% CI 35-48) and the pooled specificity was 86% (95% CI 76-92), with high between-study heterogeneity. Studies of suicidal ideation expressed by current and former psychiatric patients had a significantly higher pooled sensitivity (46% v. 22%) and lower pooled specificity (81% v. 96%) than studies conducted in non-psychiatric settings. The PPV among non-psychiatric cohorts (0.3%, 95% CI 0.1%-0.5%) was significantly lower (Q-value = 35.6, P < 0.001) than among psychiatric samples (3.9%, 95% CI 2.2-6.6). Conclusions: Estimates of the extent of the association between suicidal ideation and later suicide are limited by unexplained between-study heterogeneity. The utility of suicidal ideation as a test for later suicide is limited by a modest sensitivity and low PPV.Declaration interestM.M.L. and C.J.R. have provided expert evidence in civil, criminal and coronial matters. I.B.H. has been a Commissioner in Australia's National Mental Health Commission since 2012. He is the Co-Director, Health and Policy at the Brain and Mind Centre (BMC) University of Sydney. The BMC operates an early-intervention youth services at Camperdown under contract to Headspace. I.B.H. has previously led community-based and pharmaceutical industry-supported (Wyeth, Eli Lily, Servier, Pfizer, AstraZeneca) projects focused on the identification and better management of anxiety and depression. He is a Board Member of Psychosis Australia Trust and a member of Veterans Mental Health Clinical Reference group. He was a member of the Medical Advisory Panel for Medibank Private until October 2017. He is the Chief Scientific Advisor to, and an equity shareholder in, InnoWell. InnoWell has been formed by the University of Sydney and PricewaterhouseCoopers to administer the $30 M Australian Government Funded Project Synergy. Project Synergy is a 3-year programme for the transformation of mental health services through the use of innovative technologies.

BJPsych open · 120 citationsread the source →

Factors Associated with Virological Rebound in HIV-Positive Sub-Saharan Migrants Living in France After Traveling Back to Their Native Country: ANRS-VIHVO 2006-2009 Study.

In France, around 25% of the estimated number of people living with HIV are migrants, of whom three quarters are from sub-Saharan Africa (SSA). Our objective was to determine factors associated with virological rebound (VR) at the occasion of a transient stay to the country of origin. HIV-positive migrants from SSA participating to the ANRS-VIHVO adherence study between 2006 and 2009, on effective ART with controlled pre-travel HIV-1 plasma viral load (VL), were included. Outcome was VR, defined as VL ≥ 50 copies/ml at the post-travel visit during the week following the return to France. Among 237 persons (61.6% female, median age 41 years (IQR, 35-47), median time on ART 4.2 years (IQR, 2.2-7.1), 27 (11.4%) experienced VR. The main purpose of the travel was to visit family and median time spent abroad was 5.3 weeks (IQR, 4.1-8.8). The travel was extended longer than anticipated by at least 1 week in 42 individuals (17.7%). In multivariable logistic model, risk factors for VR were male sex [adjusted OR (aOR) 5.1; 95% CI 1.6-16.2)], no employment in France (aOR 2.0; 1.2-3.5), self-reported non-adherence during the trip (aOR 14.9; 4.9-45.9) and PI-containing regimen (aOR 4.6; 1.2-17.6). In another analysis not including self-reported adherence, traveling during Ramadan while respecting the fast (aOR 3.3; 1.2-9.6) and extension of the stay (aOR 3.0; 1.1-7.8) were associated with VR. Virological rebound was partly explained by structural barriers to adherence such as extension of the travel and inadequate management of Ramadan fasting. Individuals' journeys should be carefully planned with health care providers.

Journal of immigrant and minority health · 7 citationsread the source →

Global, regional, and national burden of chronic kidney disease, 1990-2017: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2017.

Background: Health system planning requires careful assessment of chronic kidney disease (CKD) epidemiology, but data for morbidity and mortality of this disease are scarce or non-existent in many countries. We estimated the global, regional, and national burden of CKD, as well as the burden of cardiovascular disease and gout attributable to impaired kidney function, for the Global Burden of Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors Study 2017. We use the term CKD to refer to the morbidity and mortality that can be directly attributed to all stages of CKD, and we use the term impaired kidney function to refer to the additional risk of CKD from cardiovascular disease and gout. Methods: The main data sources we used were published literature, vital registration systems, end-stage kidney disease registries, and household surveys. Estimates of CKD burden were produced using a Cause of Death Ensemble model and a Bayesian meta-regression analytical tool, and included incidence, prevalence, years lived with disability, mortality, years of life lost, and disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs). A comparative risk assessment approach was used to estimate the proportion of cardiovascular diseases and gout burden attributable to impaired kidney function. Findings: Globally, in 2017, 1·2 million (95% uncertainty interval [UI] 1·2 to 1·3) people died from CKD. The global all-age mortality rate from CKD increased 41·5% (95% UI 35·2 to 46·5) between 1990 and 2017, although there was no significant change in the age-standardised mortality rate (2·8%, -1·5 to 6·3). In 2017, 697·5 million (95% UI 649·2 to 752·0) cases of all-stage CKD were recorded, for a global prevalence of 9·1% (8·5 to 9·8). The global all-age prevalence of CKD increased 29·3% (95% UI 26·4 to 32·6) since 1990, whereas the age-standardised prevalence remained stable (1·2%, -1·1 to 3·5). CKD resulted in 35·8 million (95% UI 33·7 to 38·0) DALYs in 2017, with diabetic nephropathy accounting for almost a third of DALYs. Most of the burden of CKD was concentrated in the three lowest quintiles of Socio-demographic Index (SDI). In several regions, particularly Oceania, sub-Saharan Africa, and Latin America, the burden of CKD was much higher than expected for the level of development, whereas the disease burden in western, eastern, and central sub-Saharan Africa, east Asia, south Asia, central and eastern Europe, Australasia, and western Europe was lower than expected. 1·4 million (95% UI 1·2 to 1·6) cardiovascular disease-related deaths and 25·3 million (22·2 to 28·9) cardiovascular disease DALYs were attributable to impaired kidney function. Interpretation: Kidney disease has a major effect on global health, both as a direct cause of global morbidity and mortality and as an important risk factor for cardiovascular disease. CKD is largely preventable and treatable and deserves greater attention in global health policy decision making, particularly in locations with low and middle SDI. Funding: Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.

Lancet (London, England) · 4695 citationsread the source →

The Association Between Positive Religious Coping, Perceived Stress, and Depressive Symptoms During the Spread of Coronavirus (COVID-19) Among a Sample of Adults in Palestine: Across Sectional Study.

Objectives: The current study was designed to investigate the relationship between positive religious coping, perceived stress, and depressive symptoms among Palestinian adults in response to the emergence of coronavirus (COVID-19), and the quarantine system implemented in the city of Tulkarem, Palestine. Methods: A correlational study was conducted to examine the relationship between study variables. Participants were 400 Palestinian adults, involving 172 males and 228 females, living in the city of Tulkarem, Palestine, during the spread of coronavirus. Participants were selected using convenience and snowball sampling techniques. Results: Pearson's correlation coefficient was used to test the relationship between positive religious coping, depressive symptoms, and perceived stress. Findings revealed a statistically significant negative correlation between positive religious coping and depressive symptoms (r = - .17, p < .01). Results also indicated a statistically significant negative correlation between positive religious coping and perceived stress (r = - .15, p < .01). The regression analysis for predicting depressive symptoms found that both positive religious coping (B = - .21, SE = .05, β = - .18) and perceived stress (B = .41, SE = .05, β = .35) were statistically significant toward explaining variance in depressive symptoms. Conclusion: The importance of developing intervention programs that take into consideration religious/spiritual struggles and positive religious strategies may help improve resilience and well-being among affected populations. With the recent spread of COVID-19, findings of this current study have presented important practical implications for improving the mental health and well-being among Palestinians, especially since Palestinian society continues to face different types of stressors, such as illegal occupation. Further studies are recommended to test the relationship between current study variables and other related variables.

Journal of religion and health · 59 citationsread the source →

Collaborative stepped care for somatoform disorders: A pre-post-intervention study in primary care.

Objective: The successful management of somatoform disorders in primary care is often limited due to low diagnostic accuracy, delayed referral to psychotherapy, and unstructured overuse of health care. This study aimed to investigate the feasibility of establishing a collaborative stepped health care network for somatoform disorders, and its impact on the diagnostic process and treatment recommendations in primary care. Method: The Network for Somatoform and Functional Disorders (Sofu-Net) was established to connect 41 primary care physicians (PCP), 35 psychotherapists, and 8 mental health clinics. To evaluate Sofu-Net, primary care patients at high risk of having a somatoform disorder were identified using the Patient Health Questionnaire, and were assessed in detail at the patient and PCP level. Discussion of psychosocial distress in the consultations, diagnostic detection rates and treatment recommendations were compared before and 12 months after establishing the network. Results: Out of the pre- (n=1645) and 12-months-post Sofu-Net patient samples (n=1756), 267 (16.2%) and 269 (15.3%) high-risk patients were identified. From these, 156 and 123 patients were interviewed and information was assessed from their PCP. Twelve months after Sofu-Net establishment, high-risk patients more frequently discussed psychosocial distress with their PCP (63.3% vs. 79.2%, p<.001). PCPs prescribed more antidepressants (3.8% vs. 25.2%, p<.001) and less benzodiazepines (21.8% vs. 6.5%, p<.001). Sofu-Net did not affect PCP's diagnostic detection rates or recommendation to initiate psychotherapy. Conclusion: The study results indicate feasibility of an interdisciplinary network for somatoform disorders. Collaborative care networks for somatoform disorders have the potential to improve doctor-patient-communication and prescription behavior.

Journal of psychosomatic research · 25 citationsread the source →

Psychiatric and neuropsychiatric presentations associated with severe coronavirus infections: a systematic review and meta-analysis with comparison to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Background: Before the COVID-19 pandemic, coronaviruses caused two noteworthy outbreaks: severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS), starting in 2002, and Middle East respiratory syndrome (MERS), starting in 2012. We aimed to assess the psychiatric and neuropsychiatric presentations of SARS, MERS, and COVID-19. Methods: In this systematic review and meta-analysis, MEDLINE, Embase, PsycINFO, and the Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature databases (from their inception until March 18, 2020), and medRxiv, bioRxiv, and PsyArXiv (between Jan 1, 2020, and April 10, 2020) were searched by two independent researchers for all English-language studies or preprints reporting data on the psychiatric and neuropsychiatric presentations of individuals with suspected or laboratory-confirmed coronavirus infection (SARS coronavirus, MERS coronavirus, or SARS coronavirus 2). We excluded studies limited to neurological complications without specified neuropsychiatric presentations and those investigating the indirect effects of coronavirus infections on the mental health of people who are not infected, such as those mediated through physical distancing measures such as self-isolation or quarantine. Outcomes were psychiatric signs or symptoms; symptom severity; diagnoses based on ICD-10, DSM-IV, or the Chinese Classification of Mental Disorders (third edition) or psychometric scales; quality of life; and employment. Both the systematic review and the meta-analysis stratified outcomes across illness stages (acute vs post-illness) for SARS and MERS. We used a random-effects model for the meta-analysis, and the meta-analytical effect size was prevalence for relevant outcomes, I2 statistics, and assessment of study quality. Findings: 1963 studies and 87 preprints were identified by the systematic search, of which 65 peer-reviewed studies and seven preprints met inclusion criteria. The number of coronavirus cases of the included studies was 3559, ranging from 1 to 997, and the mean age of participants in studies ranged from 12·2 years (SD 4·1) to 68·0 years (single case report). Studies were from China, Hong Kong, South Korea, Canada, Saudi Arabia, France, Japan, Singapore, the UK, and the USA. Follow-up time for the post-illness studies varied between 60 days and 12 years. The systematic review revealed that during the acute illness, common symptoms among patients admitted to hospital for SARS or MERS included confusion (36 [27·9%; 95% CI 20·5-36·0] of 129 patients), depressed mood (42 [32·6%; 24·7-40·9] of 129), anxiety (46 [35·7%; 27·6-44·2] of 129), impaired memory (44 [34·1%; 26·2-42·5] of 129), and insomnia (54 [41·9%; 22·5-50·5] of 129). Steroid-induced mania and psychosis were reported in 13 (0·7%) of 1744 patients with SARS in the acute stage in one study. In the post-illness stage, depressed mood (35 [10·5%; 95% CI 7·5-14·1] of 332 patients), insomnia (34 [12·1%; 8·6-16·3] of 280), anxiety (21 [12·3%; 7·7-17·7] of 171), irritability (28 [12·8%; 8·7-17·6] of 218), memory impairment (44 [18·9%; 14·1-24·2] of 233), fatigue (61 [19·3%; 15·1-23·9] of 316), and in one study traumatic memories (55 [30·4%; 23·9-37·3] of 181) and sleep disorder (14 [100·0%; 88·0-100·0] of 14) were frequently reported. The meta-analysis indicated that in the post-illness stage the point prevalence of post-traumatic stress disorder was 32·2% (95% CI 23·7-42·0; 121 of 402 cases from four studies), that of depression was 14·9% (12·1-18·2; 77 of 517 cases from five studies), and that of anxiety disorders was 14·8% (11·1-19·4; 42 of 284 cases from three studies). 446 (76·9%; 95% CI 68·1-84·6) of 580 patients from six studies had returned to work at a mean follow-up time of 35·3 months (SD 40·1). When data for patients with COVID-19 were examined (including preprint data), there was evidence for delirium (confusion in 26 [65%] of 40 intensive care unit patients and agitation in 40 [69%] of 58 intensive care unit patients in one study, and altered consciousness in 17 [21%] of 82 patients who subsequently died in another study). At discharge, 15 (33%) of 45 patients with COVID-19 who were assessed had a dysexecutive syndrome in one study. At the time of writing, there were two reports of hypoxic encephalopathy and one report of encephalitis. 68 (94%) of the 72 studies were of either low or medium quality. Interpretation: If infection with SARS-CoV-2 follows a similar course to that with SARS-CoV or MERS-CoV, most patients should recover without experiencing mental illness. SARS-CoV-2 might cause delirium in a significant proportion of patients in the acute stage. Clinicians should be aware of the possibility of depression, anxiety, fatigue, post-traumatic stress disorder, and rarer neuropsychiatric syndromes in the longer term. Funding: Wellcome Trust, UK National Institute for Health Research (NIHR), UK Medical Research Council, NIHR Biomedical Research Centre at University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust and University College London.

The lancet. Psychiatry · meta-analysis · 1531 citationsread the source →

Life course health consequences and associated annual costs of adverse childhood experiences across Europe and North America: a systematic review and meta-analysis.

Background: An increasing number of studies are identifying associations between adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) and ill health throughout the life course. We aimed to calculate the proportions of major risk factors for and causes of ill health that are attributable to one or multiple types of ACE and the associated financial costs. Methods: In this systematic review and meta-analysis, we searched for studies in which risk data in individuals with ACEs were compared with these data in those without ACEs. We searched six electronic databases (MEDLINE, CINAHL, PsycINFO, Applied Social Sciences Index and Abstracts, Criminal Justice Databases, and the Education Resources Information Center) for quantitative studies published between Jan 1, 1990, and July 11, 2018, that reported risks of health-related behaviours and causes of ill health in adults that were associated with cumulative measures of ACEs (ie, number of ACEs). We included studies in adults in populations that did not have a high risk of ACEs, that had sample sizes of at least 1000 people, and that provided ACE prevalence data. We calculated the pooled RR for risk factors (harmful alcohol use, illicit drug use, smoking, and obesity) and causes of ill health (cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular disease, respiratory disease, anxiety, and depression) associated with ACEs. RRs were used to estimate the population-attributable fractions (PAFs) of risk attributable to ACEs and the disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs) and financial costs associated with ACEs. This study was prospectively registered in PROSPERO (CRD42018090356). Findings: Of 4387 unique articles found following our initial search, after review of the titles (and abstracts, when the title was relevant), we assessed 880 (20%) full-text articles. We considered 221 (25%) full-text articles for inclusion, of which 23 (10%) articles met all selection criteria for our meta-analysis. We found a pooled prevalence of 23·5% of individuals (95% CI 18·7-28·5) with one ACE and 18·7% (14·7-23·2) with two or more ACEs in Europe (from ten studies) and of 23·4% of individuals (22·0-24·8) with one ACE and 35·0% (31·6-38·4) with two or more ACEs in north America (from nine studies). Illicit drug use had the highest PAFs associated with ACEs of all the risk factors assessed in both regions (34·1% in Europe; 41·1% in north America). In both regions, PAFs of causes of ill health were highest for mental illness outcomes: ACEs were attributed to about 30% of cases of anxiety and 40% of cases of depression in north America and more than a quarter of both conditions in Europe. Costs of cardiovascular disease attributable to ACEs were substantially higher than for most other causes of ill health because of higher DALYs for this condition. Total annual costs attributable to ACEs were estimated to be US$581 billion in Europe and $748 billion in north America. More than 75% of these costs arose in individuals with two or more ACEs. Interpretation: Millions of adults across Europe and north America live with a legacy of ACEs. Our findings suggest that a 10% reduction in ACE prevalence could equate to annual savings of 3 million DALYs or $105 billion. Programmes to prevent ACEs and moderate their effects are available. Rebalancing expenditure towards ensuring safe and nurturing childhoods would be economically beneficial and relieve pressures on health-care systems. Funding: World Health Organization Regional Office for Europe.

The Lancet. Public health · meta-analysis · 660 citationsread the source →

Parenting style and obesity risk in children.

Background: Parents play a critical role in their children's lifestyle habits. The objective was to assess the effect of parenting style on the risk of childhood obesity, and to determine whether poverty was a moderator of the association. Methods: Participants were from the 1994-2008 cross-sectional samples of the National Longitudinal Survey of Children and Youth (NLSCY), a nationally representative survey of Canadian youth. Factor and cluster analyses identified four parenting styles consistent with Baumrind's parenting style prototypes. Multivariable logistic regression assessed the risk of obesity based on parenting style after adjusting for covariates. Analyses were stratified by age (preschool: 2-5years of age, n=19,026; school-age: 6-11years of age, n=18,551) and the moderating effect of poverty (household income<low income cut-offs adjusted for household size and geographic region) was assessed. Analyses used sampling and bootstrap weights. Results: In multivariable analyses, compared to authoritative parenting, preschool- and school-age children with authoritarian parents were 35% (95% CI: 1.2-1.5) and 41% (CI: 1.1-1.8) more likely to be obese, respectively. In preschool children, poverty moderated this association: authoritarian and negligent parenting was associated with 44% (CI: 1.3-1.7) and 26% (CI: 1.1-1.4) increased likelihood of obesity, respectively, but only among the children not living in poverty. In school-age children, poverty was not a moderator. Conclusions: Parenting style is associated with childhood obesity, but may be moderated by poverty. Successful strategies to combat childhood obesity should reflect the independent and interactive associations of sociodemographic and social-familial influences on health especially in early childhood.

Preventive medicine · 46 citationsread the source →

Mobile Apps and Quality of Life in Patients With Breast Cancer and Survivors: Systematic Literature Review.

Background: Side effects of breast cancer treatment may persist long into survivorship, reducing quality of life (QOL) in patients with breast cancer and survivors. There is growing evidence for the use of digital health technologies, such as mobile apps, to support self-management, decrease symptom burden, and improve QOL in patients with cancer. However, an updated overview of the effects of mobile apps on QOL and well-being in patients with breast cancer and survivors is needed. Objective: The aim of this review was to provide an overview of breast cancer-specific, mobile app-driven lifestyle or behavioral interventions in patient care through to survivorship and their impact on QOL and mental well-being. Methods: A systematic search of PubMed, Scopus, and Web of Science was conducted to identify relevant studies. The inclusion criteria were limited to original studies involving a trial of a mobile app-driven lifestyle or behavioral intervention for patients with breast cancer or survivors and using QOL or well-being measures. The results of the studies that met the inclusion criterion were then synthesized in text and table format. The quality of the evidence was assessed with the Cochrane risk-of-bias tool. Results: A total of 17 studies with the number of participants ranging from 23 to 356 met the inclusion criterion. Of the 17 reviewed studies, 7 (41%) delivered an app-only intervention, and 10 (59%) combined an app with additional supporting materials, such as SMS text messaging, telecoaching, wearables, or printed materials. Among the 17 reviewed studies, 6 (35%) focused on aiding patients with breast cancer during the active treatment phase (excluding ongoing hormone therapy), whereas the remaining 11 (65%) focused on survivorship. The majority of the studies (14/17, 82%) observed some positive effects on QOL or well-being measures. Conclusions: The results of the review indicate that mobile apps are a promising avenue for improving QOL and well-being in breast cancer care. Positive effects were observed in patients undergoing active treatment in all reviewed studies, but effects were less clear after chemotherapy and in long-term survivors. Although lifestyle and behavioral digital interventions are still being developed, and further research should still be pursued, the available data suggest that current mobile health apps aid patients with breast cancer and survivors.

Journal of medical Internet research · systematic review · 47 citationsread the source →

Effects of tesamorelin (TH9507), a growth hormone-releasing factor analog, in human immunodeficiency virus-infected patients with excess abdominal fat: a pooled analysis of two multicenter, double-blind placebo-controlled phase 3 trials with safety extension data.

Context: HIV patients treated with antiretroviral therapy (ART) often develop increased visceral adipose tissue (VAT). Objective: Our objective was to perform a pooled analysis of two phase-3 studies of tesamorelin in ART-treated HIV patients with excess abdominal fat. Design and setting: Two multicenter, international studies were conducted; a 26-wk randomized, placebo-controlled primary intervention phase was followed by a 26-wk safety extension. Patients: A total of 806 ART-treated HIV patients with excess abdominal fat were randomized in a 2:1 fashion to receive tesamorelin 2 mg (n = 543) or placebo (n = 263) sc daily. At wk 26, patients initially on tesamorelin were rerandomized to 2 mg tesamorelin (T-T group, n = 246) or placebo (T-P, n = 135) for an additional 26 wk, whereas patients on placebo were switched to tesamorelin (P-T, n = 197). Interventions: Tesamorelin (GHRH(1-44)) at a dose of 2 mg or identical placebo, sc, was given daily. Main outcome measure: We evaluated percent change in VAT by computed tomography scan at wk 26. Results: At wk 26, VAT decreased significantly in tesamorelin-treated patients (-24 +/- 41 vs. 2 +/- 35 cm(2), tesamorelin vs. placebo, P < 0.001; treatment effect, -15.4%). No significant changes were observed in abdominal sc adipose tissue (-2 +/- 32 vs. 2 +/- 29 cm(2), P = 0.08; treatment effect, -0.6%). Treatment with tesamorelin resulted in significant decreases in triglycerides (-37 +/- 139 vs. 6 +/- 112 mg/dl, P < 0.001; treatment effect, -12.3%) and cholesterol to high-density lipoprotein ratio (-0.18 +/- 1.00 vs. 0.18 +/- 0.94, P < 0.001; treatment effect, -7.2%) vs. placebo. Tesamorelin improved body image [belly appearance distress (P = 0.002)], patient rating of belly profile (P = 0.003), and physician rating of belly profile (P < 0.001). Mean IGF-I increased 108 +/- 112 vs.-7 +/- 64 ng/ml (P < 0.001 vs. placebo). At wk 52, decreases in VAT [-35 +/- 50 cm(2) (-17.5 +/- 23.3%)], waist circumference (-3.4 +/- 6.0 cm), triglycerides (-48 +/- 182 mg/dl), cholesterol (-8 +/- 38 mg/dl), and non-high-density lipoprotein (-7 +/- 38 mg/dl) were maintained (all P < 0.001 vs. original baseline) in the T-T group. Treatment with tesamorelin was generally well tolerated. No clinically meaningful differences were observed between groups in glucose parameters at wk 26 and 52. Conclusions: Treatment with tesamorelin reduces VAT and maintains the reduction for up to 52 wk, preserves abdominal sc adipose tissue, improves body image and lipids, and is overall well tolerated without clinically meaningful changes in glucose parameters.

The Journal of clinical endocrinology and metabolism · 74 citationsread the source →

The IDEFICS cohort: design, characteristics and participation in the baseline survey.

Background: The European IDEFICS (Identification and prevention of dietary- and lifestyle-induced health effects in children and infants) study was set up to determine the aetiology of overweight, obesity and related disorders in children, and to develop and evaluate a tailored primary prevention programme. Objective: This paper focuses on the aetiological element of the multicentre study, the measures and examinations, sociodemographic characteristics of the study sample and proportions of participation. Design: Prospective cohort study with an embedded intervention study that started with a baseline survey in eight countries in 2007-2008. Subjects and measurements: Baseline participants of the prospective cohort study were 16,224 children aged 2-9 years. Parents reported sociodemographic, behavioural, medical, nutritional and other lifestyle data for their children and families. Examinations of children included anthropometry, blood pressure, fitness, accelerometry, DNA from saliva and physiological markers in blood and urine. The built environment, sensory taste perception and other mechanisms of children's food choices and consumer behaviour were studied in subgroups. Results: Between 1507 and 2567, children with a mean age of 6.0 years and an even sex distribution were recruited from each country. Of them, 82% lived in two-parent families. The distribution of standardised income levels differed by study sample, with low-income groups being strongly represented in Cyprus, Italy and Germany. At least one 24-h dietary recall was obtained for two-thirds of the children. Blood pressure and anthropometry were assessed in more than 90%. A 3-day accelerometry was performed in 46%, motor fitness was assessed in 41%, cardiorespiratory fitness in 35% and ∼11% participated in taste perception tests. The proportion of children donating venous blood, urine and saliva was 57, 86 and 88%, respectively. Conclusion: The IDEFICS cohort provides valuable data to investigate the interplay of social, environmental, genetic, physiological and behavioural factors in the development of major diet- and lifestyle-related disorders affecting children at present.

International journal of obesity (2005) · 267 citationsread the source →

Randomized, Controlled Trial of an Advance Care Planning Video Decision Support Tool for Patients With Advanced Heart Failure.

Background: Conversations about goals of care and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)/intubation for patients with advanced heart failure can be difficult. This study examined the impact of a video decision support tool and patient checklist on advance care planning for patients with heart failure. Methods: This was a multisite, randomized, controlled trial of a video-assisted intervention and advance care planning checklist versus a verbal description in 246 patients ≥64 years of age with heart failure and an estimated likelihood of death of >50% within 2 years. Intervention participants received a verbal description for goals of care (life-prolonging care, limited care, and comfort care) and CPR/intubation plus a 6-minute video depicting the 3 levels of care, CPR/intubation, and an advance care planning checklist. Control subjects received only the verbal description. The primary analysis compared the proportion of patients preferring comfort care between study arms immediately after the intervention. Secondary outcomes were CPR/intubation preferences and knowledge (6-item test; range, 0-6) after intervention. Results: In the intervention group, 27 (22%) chose life-prolonging care, 31 (25%) chose limited care, 63 (51%) selected comfort care, and 2 (2%) were uncertain. In the control group, 50 (41%) chose life-prolonging care, 27 (22%) selected limited care, 37 (30%) chose comfort care, and 8 (7%) were uncertain (P<0.001). Intervention participants (compared with control subjects) were more likely to forgo CPR (68% versus 35%; P<0.001) and intubation (77% versus 48%; P<0.001) and had higher mean knowledge scores (4.1 versus 3.0; P<0.001). Conclusions: Patients with heart failure who viewed a video were more informed, more likely to select a focus on comfort, and less likely to desire CPR/intubation compared with patients receiving verbal information only. Clinical trial registration: URL: http://www.clinicaltrials.gov. Unique identifier: NCT01589120.

Circulation · randomised controlled trial · 88 citationsread the source →

Ulipristal Acetate for Treatment of Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder: A Proof-of-Concept Randomized Controlled Trial.

Objective: Premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD) is a common mood disorder, characterized by distressing affective, behavioral, and somatic symptoms in the late luteal phase of the menstrual cycle. The authors investigated continuous treatment with a selective progesterone receptor modulator, ulipristal acetate (UPA), as a potential treatment for PMDD. Methods: The authors conducted an investigator-initiated, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, parallel-group clinical trial in which women with PMDD (N=95) were treated with either 5 mg/day of UPA or placebo during three 28-day treatment cycles. The primary outcome was the change in premenstrual total score on the Daily Record of Severity of Problems (DRSP) from baseline to end of treatment. DRSP scores were captured by daily ratings using a smartphone application and were analyzed with linear mixed models for repeated measures. Results: The mean improvement in DRSP score after 3 months was 41% (SD=18) in the UPA group, compared with 22% (SD=27) in the placebo group (mean difference -18%; 95% CI=-29, -8). Treatment effects were also noted for the DRSP depressive symptom subscale (42% [SD=22] compared with 22% [SD=32]) and the DRSP anger/irritability subscale (47% [SD=21] compared with 23% [SD=35]), but not for the DRSP physical symptom subscale. Remission based on DRSP score was attained by 20 women in the UPA group (50.0%) and eight women in the placebo group (21.1%) (a statistically significant difference). Conclusions: If these results are replicated, UPA could be a useful treatment for PMDD, particularly for the psychological symptoms associated with the disorder.

The American journal of psychiatry · randomised controlled trial · 56 citationsread the source →

Promoting school climate and health outcomes with the SEHER multi-component secondary school intervention in Bihar, India: a cluster-randomised controlled trial.

Background: School environments affect health and academic outcomes. With increasing secondary school retention in low-income and middle-income countries, promoting quality school social environments could offer a scalable opportunity to improve adolescent health and wellbeing. Methods: We did a cluster-randomised trial to assess the effectiveness of a multi-component whole-school health promotion intervention (SEHER) with integrated economic and process evaluations in grade 9 students (aged 13-14 years) at government-run secondary schools in the Nalanda district of Bihar state, India. Schools were randomly assigned (1:1:1) to three groups: the SEHER intervention delivered by a lay counsellor (the SEHER Mitra [SM] group), the SEHER intervention delivered by a teacher (teacher as SEHER Mitra [TSM] group), and a control group in which only the standard government-run classroom-based life-skills Adolescence Education Program was implemented. The primary outcome was school climate measured with the Beyond Blue School Climate Questionnaire (BBSCQ). Students were assessed at the start of the academic year (June, 2015) and again 8 months later at the end of the academic year (March, 2016) via self-completed questionnaires. This study is registered with ClinicalTrials.gov, number NCT02484014. Findings: Of the 112 eligible schools in the Nalanda district, 75 were randomly selected to participate in the trial. We randomly assigned 25 schools to each of the three groups. One school subsequently dropped out of the TSM group, leaving 24 schools in this group. The baseline survey included a total of 13 035 participants, and the endpoint survey included 14 414 participants. Participants in the SM-delivered intervention schools had substantially higher school climate scores at endpoint survey than those in the control group (BBSCQ baseline-adjusted mean difference [aMD] 7·57 [95% CI 6·11-9·03]; effect size 1·88 [95% CI 1·44-2·32], p<0·0001) and the TSM-delivered intervention (aMD 7·57 [95% CI 6·06-9·08]; effect size 1·88 [95% CI 1·43-2·34], p<0·0001). There was no effect of the TSM-delivered intervention compared with control (aMD -0·009 [95% CI -1·53 to 1·51], effect size 0·00 [95% CI -0·45 to 0·44], p=0·99). Compared with the control group, participants in the SM-delivered intervention schools had moderate to large improvements in the secondary outcomes of depression (aMD -1·23 [95% CI -1·89 to -0·57]), bullying (aMD -0·91 [95% CI -1·15 to -0·66]), violence victimisation (odds ratio [OR] 0·62 [95% CI 0·46-0·84]), violence perpetration (OR 0·68 [95% CI 0·48-0·96]), attitude towards gender equity (aMD 0·41 [95% CI 0·21-0·61]), and knowledge of reproductive and sexual health (aMD 0·29 [95% CI 0·06-0·53]). Similar results for these secondary outcomes were noted for the comparison between SM-delivered intervention schools and TSM-delivered intervention schools (depression: aMD -1·23 [95% CI -1·91 to -0·55]; bullying: aMD -0·83 [95% CI -1·08 to -0·57]; violence victimisation: OR 0·49 [95% CI 0·35-0·67]; violence perpetration: OR 0·49 [95% CI 0·34-0·71]; attitude towards gender equity: aMD 0·23 [95% CI 0·02-0·44]; and knowledge of reproductive and sexual health: aMD 0·22 [95% CI -0·02 to 0·47]). However, no effects on these secondary outcomes were observed for the TSM-delivered intervention schools compared with the control group (depression: aMD -0·03 [95% CI -0·70 to 0·65]; bullying: aMD -0·08 [95% CI -0·34 to 0·18]; violence victimisation: OR 1·27 [95% CI 0·93-1·73]; violence perpetration: OR 1·37 [95% CI 0·95-1·95]; attitude towards gender equity: aMD 0·17 [95% CI -0·09 to 0·38]; and knowledge of reproductive and sexual health: aMD 0·06 [95% CI -0·18 to 0·32]). Interpretation: The multi-component whole-school SEHER health promotion intervention had substantial beneficial effects on school climate and health-related outcomes when delivered by lay counsellors, but no effects when delivered by teachers. Future research should focus on the evaluation of the scaling up of the SEHER intervention in diverse contexts and delivery agents. Funding: John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, USA and the United Nations Population Fund India Office.

Lancet (London, England) · randomised controlled trial · 121 citationsread the source →

The effects of volunteering on loneliness among lonely older adults: the HEAL-HOA dual randomised controlled trial.

Background: Previous randomised controlled trials have largely relied on self-reported volunteer work to assess the effects of volunteering and have rarely provided structured volunteering activities during the intervention period. The present study aimed to investigate the effects of social volunteering work over 12 months on loneliness among older adults during the COVID-19 pandemic. Methods: A dual randomised controlled trial was done in Hong Kong to investigate the long-term effects of telephone-delivered psychosocial interventions by older Chinese volunteers who were screened as lonely, for older adult recipients who had low income, lived alone, felt lonely, and were digitally excluded. Participants were included if they were aged 50-70 years; had provided consent to be trained and serve as a volunteer for at least 2 h per week for 6 months; had at least 3 years of secondary school education; had no severe self-reported physical, mental, or cognitive health problems; were not working full or part-time; had engaged in formal volunteering fewer than four times within the past year; and were lonely (ie, had a score of at least 6 on the three-item UCLA Loneliness Scale). Participants were allocated into either the volunteering or control group (psychoeducation programme) using a random number method. The details of group allocation were concealed as the research assistant responsible for randomisation was different to the research assistants responsible for recruitment and assessments (who were masked to the condition). Following a 6-week training, the volunteers delivered a psychosocial intervention to older intervention recipients for 6 months. The primary outcome was loneliness measured with the 20-item UCLA Loneliness Scale and the De Jong Gierveld (DJG) Loneliness Scales at 6 months and 12 months. Assessments were performed before training (baseline; T1), at 6 months (T2), and at 12 months after training (T3). The intention-to-treat principle was used to compare the effects of volunteering between the two groups. The trial was registered in the Clinical Trials Registry of the University of Hong Kong Clinical Trials Centre (HKUCTR-2929). This trial has completed. Findings: Between May 3, 2021, and Oct 6, 2022, a total of 375 individuals were recruited to the trial, including 84 males (22%) and 291 females (78%). 185 were randomly assigned to the volunteering group (56 to deliver a mindfulness intervention, 65 to deliver a behavioural activation intervention, and 64 to deliver a befriending intervention) and 190 were assigned to the control group. 311 (83%) of 375 participants were 60 years or older (median 64 years [SD 4·86]). Participants in the volunteering group reported a significantly lower level of loneliness at T2 (dppc2 ranged from -0·41 to -0·70) compared with T1 than participants in the control condition. There was a significant decrease in loneliness measured using the UCLA Loneliness Scale at T2 in the volunteering group but such a decline was not shown in the control group (condition × time interaction, estimate 0·19 [95% CI 0·08 to 0·29], p=0·00058, dppc2=-0·41). Similarly, when measured with the DJG Loneliness Scale, there was a significantly greater decrease in loneliness in the volunteering group compared with the control group at T2, including a medium to large effect size on total DJG scores (estimate 1·34 [95% CI 0·83 to 1·84], p<0·0001, dppc2=-0·70) and a medium effect size on emotional (estimate 0·63 [0·35 to 0·90], p<0·0001, dppc2=-0·59) and social subscales (estimate 0·71 [95% CI 0·37 to 1·05], p<0·0001, dppc2=-0·58). Although most of the positive effects of volunteering were not sustained at T3, the volunteers who continued to volunteer for more than 2 h per week at T3 reported lower levels of loneliness than those who did not maintain volunteering. Interpretation: This randomised controlled trial demonstrates the beneficial effect of volunteering on reducing loneliness in older adults who feel lonely, and that this benefit can be maintained through continued participation in voluntary work. Future intervention programmes should strengthen older adults' commitment to volunteer. Funding: Research Grants Committee of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, China.

The lancet. Healthy longevity · randomised controlled trial · 16 citationsread the source →

Cognitive behavioural therapy for adults with dissociative seizures (CODES): a pragmatic, multicentre, randomised controlled trial.

Background: Dissociative seizures are paroxysmal events resembling epilepsy or syncope with characteristic features that allow them to be distinguished from other medical conditions. We aimed to compare the effectiveness of cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) plus standardised medical care with standardised medical care alone for the reduction of dissociative seizure frequency. Methods: In this pragmatic, parallel-arm, multicentre randomised controlled trial, we initially recruited participants at 27 neurology or epilepsy services in England, Scotland, and Wales. Adults (≥18 years) who had dissociative seizures in the previous 8 weeks and no epileptic seizures in the previous 12 months were subsequently randomly assigned (1:1) from 17 liaison or neuropsychiatry services following psychiatric assessment, to receive standardised medical care or CBT plus standardised medical care, using a web-based system. Randomisation was stratified by neuropsychiatry or liaison psychiatry recruitment site. The trial manager, chief investigator, all treating clinicians, and patients were aware of treatment allocation, but outcome data collectors and trial statisticians were unaware of treatment allocation. Patients were followed up 6 months and 12 months after randomisation. The primary outcome was monthly dissociative seizure frequency (ie, frequency in the previous 4 weeks) assessed at 12 months. Secondary outcomes assessed at 12 months were: seizure severity (intensity) and bothersomeness; longest period of seizure freedom in the previous 6 months; complete seizure freedom in the previous 3 months; a greater than 50% reduction in seizure frequency relative to baseline; changes in dissociative seizures (rated by others); health-related quality of life; psychosocial functioning; psychiatric symptoms, psychological distress, and somatic symptom burden; and clinical impression of improvement and satisfaction. p values and statistical significance for outcomes were reported without correction for multiple comparisons as per our protocol. Primary and secondary outcomes were assessed in the intention-to-treat population with multiple imputation for missing observations. This trial is registered with the International Standard Randomised Controlled Trial registry, ISRCTN05681227, and ClinicalTrials.gov, NCT02325544. Findings: Between Jan 16, 2015, and May 31, 2017, we randomly assigned 368 patients to receive CBT plus standardised medical care (n=186) or standardised medical care alone (n=182); of whom 313 had primary outcome data at 12 months (156 [84%] of 186 patients in the CBT plus standardised medical care group and 157 [86%] of 182 patients in the standardised medical care group). At 12 months, no significant difference in monthly dissociative seizure frequency was identified between the groups (median 4 seizures [IQR 0-20] in the CBT plus standardised medical care group vs 7 seizures [1-35] in the standardised medical care group; estimated incidence rate ratio [IRR] 0·78 [95% CI 0·56-1·09]; p=0·144). Dissociative seizures were rated as less bothersome in the CBT plus standardised medical care group than the standardised medical care group (estimated mean difference -0·53 [95% CI -0·97 to -0·08]; p=0·020). The CBT plus standardised medical care group had a longer period of dissociative seizure freedom in the previous 6 months (estimated IRR 1·64 [95% CI 1·22 to 2·20]; p=0·001), reported better health-related quality of life on the EuroQoL-5 Dimensions-5 Level Health Today visual analogue scale (estimated mean difference 6·16 [95% CI 1·48 to 10·84]; p=0·010), less impairment in psychosocial functioning on the Work and Social Adjustment Scale (estimated mean difference -4·12 [95% CI -6·35 to -1·89]; p<0·001), less overall psychological distress than the standardised medical care group on the Clinical Outcomes in Routine Evaluation-10 scale (estimated mean difference -1·65 [95% CI -2·96 to -0·35]; p=0·013), and fewer somatic symptoms on the modified Patient Health Questionnaire-15 scale (estimated mean difference -1·67 [95% CI -2·90 to -0·44]; p=0·008). Clinical improvement at 12 months was greater in the CBT plus standardised medical care group than the standardised medical care alone group as reported by patients (estimated mean difference 0·66 [95% CI 0·26 to 1·04]; p=0·001) and by clinicians (estimated mean difference 0·47 [95% CI 0·21 to 0·73]; p<0·001), and the CBT plus standardised medical care group had greater satisfaction with treatment than did the standardised medical care group (estimated mean difference 0·90 [95% CI 0·48 to 1·31]; p<0·001). No significant differences in patient-reported seizure severity (estimated mean difference -0·11 [95% CI -0·50 to 0·29]; p=0·593) or seizure freedom in the last 3 months of the study (estimated odds ratio [OR] 1·77 [95% CI 0·93 to 3·37]; p=0·083) were identified between the groups. Furthermore, no significant differences were identified in the proportion of patients who had a more than 50% reduction in dissociative seizure frequency compared with baseline (OR 1·27 [95% CI 0·80 to 2·02]; p=0·313). Additionally, the 12-item Short Form survey-version 2 scores (estimated mean difference for the Physical Component Summary score 1·78 [95% CI -0·37 to 3·92]; p=0·105; estimated mean difference for the Mental Component Summary score 2·22 [95% CI -0·30 to 4·75]; p=0·084), the Generalised Anxiety Disorder-7 scale score (estimated mean difference -1·09 [95% CI -2·27 to 0·09]; p=0·069), and the Patient Health Questionnaire-9 scale depression score (estimated mean difference -1·10 [95% CI -2·41 to 0·21]; p=0·099) did not differ significantly between groups. Changes in dissociative seizures (rated by others) could not be assessed due to insufficient data. During the 12-month period, the number of adverse events was similar between the groups: 57 (31%) of 186 participants in the CBT plus standardised medical care group reported 97 adverse events and 53 (29%) of 182 participants in the standardised medical care group reported 79 adverse events. Interpretation: CBT plus standardised medical care had no statistically significant advantage compared with standardised medical care alone for the reduction of monthly seizures. However, improvements were observed in a number of clinically relevant secondary outcomes following CBT plus standardised medical care when compared with standardised medical care alone. Thus, adults with dissociative seizures might benefit from the addition of dissociative seizure-specific CBT to specialist care from neurologists and psychiatrists. Future work is needed to identify patients who would benefit most from a dissociative seizure-specific CBT approach. Funding: National Institute for Health Research, Health Technology Assessment programme.

The lancet. Psychiatry · randomised controlled trial · 192 citationsread the source →

Mental distress and personality in women undergoing GnRH agonist versus GnRH antagonist protocols for assisted reproductive technology.

Study question: Do mental distress and mood fluctuations in women undergoing GnRH agonist and GnRH antagonist protocols for assisted reproductive technology (ART) differ depending on protocol and the personality trait, neuroticism? Summary answer: ART treatment did not induce elevated levels of mental distress in either GnRH antagonist or agonist protocols but neuroticism was positively associated with increased mental distress, independent of protocols. What is known already: ART treatment may increase mental distress by mechanisms linked to sex hormone fluctuations. General psychological characteristics, such as personality traits indexing negative emotionality, e.g. neuroticism, are likely to affect mental distress during ART treatment. Study design, size, duration: A total of 83 women undergoing their first ART cycle were consecutively randomized 1:1 to GnRH antagonist (n = 42) or GnRH agonist (n = 41) protocol. The study population was a subgroup of a larger ongoing Danish clinical randomized trial and was established as an add-on in the period 2010-2012. Participants/materials, setting, methods: Women in the GnRH antagonist protocol received daily injections with recombinant follicle-stimulating hormone, Puregon(®) and subcutaneous injections with GnRH antagonist, Orgalutran(®). Women in the GnRH agonist protocol received nasal administration of the GnRH agonist, Synarela(®) and subcutaneous injections with FSH, Puregon(®). The study design did not allow for a blinding procedure. All women self-reported the Profile of Mood States, the Perceived Stress Scale, the Symptom Checklist-92-Revised, and the Major Depression Inventory questionnaires, at baseline, at ART cycle day 35, on the day of oocyte pick-up, and on the day of hCG testing. Also, a series of Profile of Mood States were reported daily during pharmacological treatment to monitor mood fluctuations. The personality trait Neuroticism was assessed at baseline by the self-reported NEO-PI-R questionnaire. Main results and the role of chance: ART did not induce within- or between-protocol changes in any of the applied measures of mental distress. However, the GnRH antagonist protocol was associated with more pronounced median mood fluctuations during the stimulation phase (antagonist, 11.0 SD, [IQR = 21.1-6.1]; agonist, 8.9 SD, [IQR = 11.3-5.7], P = 0.025). This association became non-significant after applying a Bonferroni-Holm correction. Neuroticism was highly positively associated with increased levels of mental distress throughout treatment independent of protocols (all P-values <0.006), and cross-sectional analysis revealed that women with high or low Neuroticism scores at baseline showed a significant trend towards lower chances of a positive pregnancy test (P-value =0.028). Limitations, reasons for caution: Information on prognostic factors such as preceding length of infertility, number of retrieved oocytes and number of prior insemination treatments was not accounted for in the analyses. The stratification of protocols by age in the subgroups of women included in this study was suboptimal. Women with prior or current use of antidepressant medication were excluded from our study. Wider implications: Our results imply that mental distress emerging during ART treatment is not causally linked to hypogonadism per se or to the choice of protocol. Rather, our data highlight the potential importance of (i) rapid increases in ovarian steroids and (ii) addressing personality traits indexing negative emotionality, i.e. Neuroticism, in women undergoing ART treatment, to optimize both emotional adjustment and, possibly, the chances of obtaining pregnancy. Study funding/competing interests: The Danish Research Council for Independent Research and MSD, Denmark kindly supported the study. The authors declare no competing financial interests. Trial registration number: EudraCT - 2008-005452-24.

Human reproduction (Oxford, England) · randomised controlled trial · 9 citationsread the source →

Prevalence of male and female sexual dysfunction is high following surgery for rectal cancer.

Objective: To measure sexual function and quality of life (QOL) after rectal cancer treatment. Summary background data: Previous studies on sexual function after rectal cancer treatment have focused on males and have not used validated instruments. Methods: Patients undergoing curative rectal cancer surgery from 1980 to 2003 were administered a questionnaire, including the Female Sexual Function Index (FSFI) or International Index of Erectile Function (IIEF), and the EORTC QLQ-C30/CR-38. Multiple logistic regression was used to test associations of clinical factors with outcomes. Results: Eighty-one women (81.0%) and 99 men (80.5%) returned the questionnaire; 32% of women and 50% of men are sexually active, compared with 61% and 91% preoperatively (P < 0.04); 29% of women and 45% of men reported that "surgery made their sexual lives worse." Mean (SD) FSFI and IIEF scores were 17.5 (11.9) and 29.3 (22.8). Specific sexual problems in women were libido 41%, arousal 29%, lubrication 56%, orgasm 35%, and dyspareunia 46%, and in men libido 47%, impotence 32%, partial impotence 52%, orgasm 41%, and ejaculation 43%. Both genders reported a negative body image. Patients seldom remembered discussing sexual risks preoperatively and seldom were treated for dysfunction. Current age (P < 0.001), surgical procedure (P = 0.003), and preoperative sexual activity (P = 0.001) were independently associated with current sexual activity. Gender (male, P = 0.014), surgical procedure (P = 0.005), and radiation therapy (P = 0.0001) were independently associated with the outcome "surgery made sexual life worse." Global QOL scores were high. Conclusions: Sexual problems after surgery for rectal cancer are common, multifactorial, inadequately discussed, and untreated. Therefore, sexual dysfunction should be discussed with rectal cancer patients, and efforts to prevent and treat it should be increased.

Annals of surgery · 385 citationsread the source →

The Social Epidemiology of Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome

Social epidemiology is defined as the study of the distribution of health outcomes and their social determinants (1). It builds on the classic epidemiologic triangle of host, agent, and environment to focus explicitly on the role of social determinants in infectious disease transmission and progression. These determinants are the “features of and pathways by which societal conditions affect health” (2, p. 697). Early studies of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) focused on individual characteristics and behaviors in determining HIV risk, an approach that Fee and Krieger (3) refer to as “biomedical individualism.” Biomedical individualism is the basis of risk factor epidemiology; by contrast, the social epidemiology perspective emphasizes social conditions as fundamental causes of disease (4) (table 1). Social epidemiologists examine how persons become exposed to risk or protective factors and under what social conditions individual risk factors are related to disease. Social factors are thus the focus of analysis and are not simply adjusted for as potentially confounding factors or used as proxies for unavailable individual-level data. Social factors are indeed critical to understanding nonuniform infectious disease patterns that emerge as a result of the dependent nature of disease transmission or the idea that an outcome in one person is dependent upon outcomes and exposures in others (5, 6). Contact patterns that enhance HIV/AIDS vulnerability may be conceptualized at multiple levels. Figure 1 distinguishes determinants of HIV/AIDS at three levels: individual, social, and structural. Individual factors include biologic, demographic, and behavioral risk factors that may influence the risk of HIV acquisition and disease progression. Social-level factors include critical pathways by which community and network structures link persons to society. These structures are central to understanding the diffusion and differential distribution of HIV/AIDS in population subgroups. Structural-level factors include social and economic factors, as well as laws and policies. These factors, in turn, affect HIV transmission dynamics and the differential distribution of HIV/AIDS. Infectious disease epidemiology provides models of the mechanisms through which social determinants affect HIV transmission (7). For example, the basic reproductive number of an infectious disease, R0 (8), describes secondary infections that arise from a primary infection. In the equation R0 = βCD, β is the probability of infection per contact, C is the number of contacts, and D is the duration of infectivity. The goal of intervention efforts is to reduce the empirical value of these terms by modifying the social conditions under which individual risk factors lead to disease. Examples of factors that affect the component terms of R0 in HIV epidemiology are presented in table 2. In this review, we present existing evidence linking social and structural determinants to HIV/AIDS. In addition, we discuss the implications of these findings for future social epidemiology research on HIV/AIDS as well as the design of more effective HIV/AIDS interventions. We searched the published literature to identify conceptual and empirical research reports on the social epidemiology of HIV/AIDS. Five databases were searched: PsycINFO (American Psychological Association, Washington, DC), PubMed (MEDLINE; National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland), Social Science Citation Index (Web of Science; Thomson ISI, Stamford, Connecticut), Sociological Abstracts (CSA, Bethesda, Maryland), and Digital Dissertations (ProQuest; UMI, Ann Arbor, Michigan). Searches were designed to include the factors we specified in our framework as social or structural factors (figure 1). Searches were limited to published articles in the English language for the period 1981–2003. The following keywords were included in each search: AIDS/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, HIV, and epidemiol*. Additional searches were conducted by using combinations of keywords listed in Appendix table 1 corresponding with our framework. We identified four categories of social-level factors of importance to HIV/AIDS epidemiology: cultural context, social networks, neighborhood effects, and social capital. Each uses different conceptual and methodological approaches to examine the effects of social forces on population HIV/AIDS vulnerability. Anthropologist Edward Tylor defined culture as “that complex whole which includes knowledge, belief, art, law, morals, custom, and any other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society” (9, p. 1). Anthropologic and epidemiologic approaches may be integrated in a variety of ways to identify features of the social environment that affect HIV/AIDS risk. One way to explore how the social environment affects HIV/AIDS epidemiology is through the use of mixed research methods. Mixed-methods study designs integrate qualitative and quantitative research methods either sequentially or concurrently (10). In sequential study designs, qualitative methods may be used to explore a topic under study or to explain quantitative epidemiologic findings. Concurrent study designs are meant to confirm, cross-validate, or corroborate findings within a single study. A common type of concurrent mixed methods study is “triangulation,” and this approach has been used extensively in rapid assessments of illicit drug use and HIV/AIDS (11–13). Mixed methods approaches are particularly well suited to the investigation of the often hidden and stigmatizing behavioral and social factors underlying HIV epidemics. One exemplary study combining qualitative methods with quantitative methods was conducted by Beyrer et al. (14) to examine the role of overland heroin trafficking routes in shaping explosive HIV/AIDS epidemics among injection drug users in Southeast Asia. Piecing together data from a variety of sources, including existing epidemiologic data, key informant interviews, and laboratory data, this study revealed that distinct HIV subtypes emerged and recombined along drug trafficking routes originating in Myanmar, one of the world’s largest heroin producers. Along these trafficking routes, communities of injection drug users formed, facilitating the spread of HIV into local communities in Laos, Thailand, Vietnam, India, and China (refer, for example, to Panda et al. (15)). This illustration highlights the broader understanding of HIV/AIDS epidemiology that can be achieved by examining the interplay between contextual factors and social and behavioral factors. Investigation of social networks in HIV/AIDS began with the mapping of relationships between one of the first identified AIDS cases, an airline steward, and a large number of his male sex partners in the early 1980s (16). Social network analysis generates measures of the quality, density, position, and structure of relationships between persons, including dyads (partnerships), personal networks (“egocentric” networks), and larger communities (“sociometric” networks) (17, 18). Social networks can influence health outcomes in direct and indirect ways, including 1) social influence, 2) social engagement and participation, 3) prevalence of infectious disease and network member mixing, 4) access to material goods and informational resources, and 5) social support (19). Researchers have demonstrated that patterns in the structure of relationships—rather than differences in individual risk behaviors alone—explain observed HIV patterns (20, 21). The theoretical foundation for examining social networks in HIV research is closely tied to advances in sexually transmitted disease (STD) epidemiology. A key concept from STD epidemiology is the notion of the “core group,” a small group of disease transmitters responsible for a large proportion of cases (22). Friedman et al. (23) found that individuals’ locations within sociometric risk networks were associated with HIV risk among a group of injection drug users in New York City. Other concepts from STD epidemiology, such as partner concurrency, bridging, and mixing patterns, are also important in understanding HIV risk (24–29). Specific network characteristics that have been associated with HIV/AIDS include the size of subgroups and their distribution in a network (23), the centrality of HIV-positive persons within networks (30), partner selection patterns (24, 31–33), and concurrent sexual partnerships (28). Inclusion of these variables has been shown to improve transmission estimates in mathematical modeling (34, 35). Social and normative influences have also been associated with individual HIV risks (36, 37). Network-related social and normative influences are predictive of illicit drug use (38) and condom use behavior (37, 39), highlighting the importance of network-based interventions for HIV prevention (18). Kelly et al. (40, 41) developed a popular opinion leader model that has been effective in reducing HIV risk in several populations, including men who have sex with men and women in low-income housing (42). The success of this model has led to its adaption for international use by the National Institute of Mental Health Collaborative HIV/STD Prevention Trial in China, India, Peru, Russia, and Zimbabwe. Neighborhoods represent the intersection of social networks and physical spatial locations, a confluence Wallace (43) has called the “sociogeographic networks” through which infectious diseases spread. Early interest in the role of neighborhood social environment in disease transmission was sparked by a study in Colorado Springs, Colorado, in which researchers found that gonorrhea was highly focused geographically in core residential neighborhoods (44). Both direct and indirect mechanisms may determine how neighborhood-level factors shape population HIV/AIDS patterns. Direct mechanisms are those that increase the likelihood of a person coming into contact with someone who is HIV positive, for example, through residential segregation and the social isolation of marginalized populations. Indirect mechanisms include those that increase population vulnerability to HIV/AIDS, such as exposure to poor socioeconomic conditions, high unemployment, or the proliferation of illicit drug markets. A range of neighborhood-level factors have been examined in relation to infectious disease, including poverty and income (45, 46), residential segregation (47), and neighborhood physical environment (48, 49). Current research in neighborhood and area effects on health emphasizes the importance of moving beyond documentation of associations to analyze the social and epidemiologic mechanisms through which neighborhood effects might operate (50–54). Increasing concentrations of affluence and poverty are contributing to what demographer Douglas Massey has called “a radical change in the geographic basis of human society” (55, p. 395). Powerful social and economic forces in US cities are increasing neighborhood segregation by class and race/ethnicity (56, 57). Resulting social disorganization and loss of resources and services in poor neighborhoods are in turn shaping HIV/AIDS patterns at the neighborhood level. In a number of studies in New York City, for example, Wallace (58–63) has examined the complex interplay of public policies such as “planned shrinkage” with HIV epidemic dynamics in the Bronx, documenting the “synergy of plagues” that has accompanied rapid social change and the destruction of essential protective networks in poor communities. Using AIDS surveillance data, ecologic studies conducted in various US cities have also consistently found significant associations between income and poverty measures and neighborhood-level AIDS incidence and prevalence rates, and these findings have been consistent across census block groups (46), census tracts (64), and zip codes (65, 66). Length of survival an AIDS has also been with neighborhood measures of income and the of highly a of health at the population may also a role in shaping HIV/AIDS patterns, associations between HIV/AIDS and income at the neighborhood have not been well segregation by race/ethnicity is neighborhood-level that may an important role in HIV/AIDS may affect infectious disease patterns through the and isolation of persons in one increasing the probability of transmission within that For example, found that measures of residential isolation were protective for at risk of disease. Indirect effects of segregation are associated with of neighborhood and with for those in poor neighborhoods segregation may to understanding disease we of studies examining neighborhood segregation in relation to HIV/AIDS that have been The physical environment of neighborhoods has also been examined in relation to infectious disease. et al. examined gonorrhea and neighborhood physical environment in New by using an of physical to explore and to this the of physical such as and a in social in a of community this concept to public et al. found a significant between neighborhood physical and gonorrhea rates, a by a ecologic study of US physical environment may HIV risk by illicit drug use such as injection behaviors and of the mechanisms through which the observed associations may be and associations between the physical environment and HIV/AIDS is research is to support the design of neighborhood-level HIV/AIDS interventions. has differences are not result from social and economic by policies. are and to p. The of evidence ecologic associations between neighborhood-level factors and infectious disease that to be to identify of and defined social as of social structures that that is the of that in its not be p. Social may affect health through 1) the of 2) access to services and 3) of in a and 4) participation, to policies that are more to published studies have explicitly examined social in the of HIV/AIDS. In the and examined income and social as of STD and AIDS found social to be the of STD and AIDS In et al. examined one of social participation, as a for understanding community influences on HIV infection. found that in of and was in other social groups groups with high of social HIV risk. findings from these studies are and We identified categories of factors to HIV/AIDS epidemiology: structural and the and and Each is in the that highlights a of by often and forces that through as is more the the of p. is in patterns of on sexual and HIV A of how structural might influence HIV/AIDS risk is presented in 2. The and uses of race/ethnicity in epidemiologic research have been the of analysis and Social epidemiologists race/ethnicity as an of social forces than physical has that race/ethnicity is a for exposure to which may be defined as the and individual that and of p. The study of disease is of central importance in the study of HIV/AIDS In the for example, the of HIV HIV/AIDS and of also high HIV/AIDS with of behavioral risk factors at the individual have not observed HIV/AIDS or STD by race/ethnicity individual pathways by which HIV/AIDS in a group complex of economic and social patterns, of illicit and health Social epidemiology is and evidence as to what factors and these HIV/AIDS and found that sexual networks for in sexually transmitted infection in the National Health and Social et al. found that risk network structure in a of injection drug users in differences in HIV prevalence between and and structural factors key in shaping the patterns that to HIV/AIDS For example, the effects of sex from the of men may be relationships and sexual segregation by race/ethnicity also to shape social and risk networks in ways that to disease patterns. residential segregation was and associated with gonorrhea at the in the patterns might be observed for HIV/AIDS. is in the proportion of women among HIV/AIDS cases the for of HIV-positive in through and for of HIV-positive in HIV infections in women are at an and women are and more to HIV infection. theoretical for understanding in HIV/AIDS have been including and human beyond as a risk these approaches structural for in HIV/AIDS. focus has been on women in the of sex or transmission women HIV from their partner and reducing acquisition of HIV among men is key to reducing the spread of HIV to women the of and and than their male partners upon of HIV-positive in of of and HIV risks by women The effects of include individual to HIV and a of to HIV prevention The for and Prevention estimates that one of those with HIV not their HIV and have central in shaping to HIV/AIDS the effects of these social forces on the differential distribution of HIV/AIDS have not been well has been examined at the individual in studies of and and to of and in a that the of to p. et al. have defined as and that are at to have AIDS or HIV and at the and communities with which these are p. and have that a conceptual framework for understanding is our of and to as social that can be in relation to broader of and p. in et al. that HIV transmission and with AIDS the of or structural interventions change the in which and communities HIV infection The effective have been those in which communities have to and by increasing community of HIV Social interventions to and to affect community The for this is found in diffusion which on social networks, opinion and change these are by cultural through the in social networks within communities are essential for and behavior change to to HIV/AIDS structures refer to as well as to the and with their and et al. that laws can affect health in 1) may be a through which social determinants affect health direct and 2) may to social conditions associated with health outcomes indirect of direct effects of on HIV risk are on access to injection which have been associated with HIV incidence of an indirect of structures is the of laws on income which may social conditions that increase HIV vulnerability. key social determinants of HIV/AIDS, including poverty and income and community social change may affect HIV/AIDS patterns through population and and the and structures of Each of these factors may be as modifying between and persons in populations. the HIV infection than populations, of HIV prevalence in the or and may affect HIV transmission studies of have into 1) studies of the spread of HIV along and 2) studies of the that vulnerability to HIV/AIDS can the spread of HIV subtypes and to patterns of and evidence linking patterns and Beyrer et al. (14) found that distinct HIV subtypes were associated with different illicit drug trafficking routes in Southeast Asia. has to the spread of HIV in India, and In addition, studies have identified the importance of in the of for HIV/AIDS is a classic of an health have examined the role of in population HIV/AIDS patterns that might for the effects of on HIV/AIDS patterns include sexual and drug use patterns to in patterns, and of and persons, and on the health sex that men have also been associated with high HIV/AIDS prevalence at the This ecologic is to be by the effects of cultural at the local of the effects might have on and network patterns. the of resources in the public and and the environment a central role in the and of HIV/AIDS epidemics. of importance to HIV/AIDS include health social and illicit drug HIV/AIDS is a high on the health of and policies are to be contributing to increasing HIV/AIDS The complex and between policies and HIV/AIDS are to be policies affect health and by poverty in the distribution of and health have that structural designed to and in have a on the HIV/AIDS by increasing and and reducing in the health and social services as to how policies can be designed to to in HIV/AIDS Structural-level health policies and can to in HIV/AIDS HIV prevention have on individual behavior the of the HIV prevention is with of the for that the social and economic of HIV/AIDS The condom is an exemplary of an effective structural HIV prevention to the environment in which HIV risk behaviors the of may also affect in HIV/AIDS transmission by reducing among HIV-positive Social policies a critical role in the of those to HIV/AIDS, such as or Social policies such as and public affect access to resources and can also affect HIV transmission and access to quantitative research has social change to population health outcomes qualitative research has the importance of social in shaping risk In for example, et al. the effects of the and of which Social and Social on the basis of drug and in this study into the drug of income of and in behaviors in an to HIV to studies of the associations between social policies and HIV/AIDS are to the human of policies of with the of those to HIV/AIDS and to identify drug also has a significant on HIV/AIDS. drug particularly of is HIV epidemics in the The on has focused on to the of which of prevention and measures policies for those trafficking or illicit have in of persons for drug The direct of patterns to be For example, et al. found that on policies such as the of and of those with use from Social were associated with in is a risk factor for HIV risk behaviors have been shown to associated with of and HIV risk of in have access to can increase HIV/AIDS risk and by social and risk networks, or and increasing poverty and social in in risk behaviors in of have been For example, et al. found that the in was associated with among injection drug users in of the of heroin trafficking from In the of the of has also been associated with HIV/AIDS forces are often and of men from In a study for the found that a in the size of the from to as a proportion of population reduce HIV among by 1 to the of in are to reduce HIV in with HIV/AIDS prevention and for The of social epidemiology to the HIV/AIDS have in This is in to a that from a that risk factors for disease to one that the that patterns of disease in p. and methodological in the have this our understanding of multiple causes of risk in modeling geographic and databases linking public health data with on social factors enhance our to and in ways that more closely the of HIV/AIDS epidemics. social epidemiology research in HIV/AIDS determine how we can design more effective of interventions at multiple of social A number of key which of the larger social environment in HIV/AIDS transmission and disease are model complex and be has these include data variables and of analysis at multiple contextual effects, and complex with and p. approaches are for the effective of social-level interventions. persons are with HIV/AIDS, and an HIV infections in effective are high drug and in are to of an HIV more These the to underlying social and structural determinants of HIV/AIDS through policies and This was by from the National Institute on The of the New York of for for and A framework for the social epidemiology of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome The the the nature of the between of In are between factors at that to observed epidemic patterns. sexually transmitted infection. 2. through which various of structural might influence the risk of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome of how epidemiology is examined by using different research HIV, human immunodeficiency acquired immunodeficiency In this a is between three approaches to social epidemiology: a a social of disease and an This table is on by Krieger of how epidemiology is examined by using different research HIV, human immunodeficiency acquired immunodeficiency In this a is between three approaches to social epidemiology: a a social of disease and an This table is on by Krieger terms in the equation for the basic reproductive and factors that affect the empirical estimates of the terms in the of HIV, human immunodeficiency acquired immunodeficiency terms in the equation for the basic reproductive and factors that affect the empirical estimates of the terms in the of HIV, human immunodeficiency acquired immunodeficiency keywords used to databases for published literature on the social epidemiology of of Bethesda, HIV, human immunodeficiency acquired immunodeficiency keywords used to databases for published literature on the social epidemiology of of Bethesda, HIV, human immunodeficiency acquired immunodeficiency

Epidemiologic Reviews · meta-analysis · 394 citationsread the source →

An interdisciplinary meta-analysis of the potential antecedents, correlates, and consequences of protégé perceptions of mentoring.

This meta-analysis summarized youth, academic, and workplace research on the potential antecedents (demographics, human capital, and relationship attributes), correlates (interaction frequency, relationship length, performance, motivation, and social capital), and consequences (attitudinal, behavioral, career-related, and health-related outcomes) of protégé perceptions of instrumental support, psychosocial support, and relationship quality to the mentor or to the relationship. A total of 173 meta-analytic correlations were computed based on data from 173 samples and a combined N of 40,737. Among antecedents, positive protégé perceptions were most strongly associated with greater similarity in attitudes, values, beliefs, and personality with their mentors (ρ ranged from .38 to .59). Among correlates, protégé perceptions of greater instrumental support (ρ = .35) and relationship quality (ρ = .54) were most strongly associated with social capital while protégé perceptions of greater psychosocial support were most strongly associated with interaction frequency (ρ = .25). Among consequences, protégé perceptions of greater instrumental support (ρ = .36) and relationship quality (ρ = .38) were most strongly associated with situational satisfaction while protégé perceptions of psychosocial support were most highly associated with sense of affiliation (ρ = .41). Comparisons between academic and workplace mentoring generally revealed differences in magnitude, rather than direction, of the obtained effects. The results should be interpreted in light of the methodological limitations (primarily cross-sectional designs and single-source data) and, in some instances, a small number of primary studies.

Psychological bulletin · meta-analysis · 126 citationsread the source →

Prediction and prevention of schizophrenia: what has been achieved and where to go next?

Since the traditional clinical paradigm has been replaced by the modern molecular one, medicine set off into new directions. “Prediction”, “prevention” and “personalization” are the programmatic key words of this new approach. Like other medical disciplines, psychiatry has broadened its focus from diagnosis and treatment to the detection and estimation of the risk of disease development, the prediction of its onset and strategies to avoid its manifestation 1,2,3,4. Although treatment of schizophrenia has greatly advanced over the last decades, a significant number of patients continue to take an unfavorable chronic course 5,6. This makes schizophrenia the leading cause for permanent occupational disability among people under 40 years of age in Germany 7, and the 8th most common cause for disability adjusted life years (DALYs) lost among the 15 to 34-year olds worldwide 8, despite its low prevalence. Moreover, schizophrenia involves tremendous direct and indirect societal costs 9 and a huge burden on patients and their families 8,10. It is becoming increasingly clear that schizophrenia is a complex disorder with polygenic heredity and that its pathogenesis is greatly influenced by interactions between different genes and between genes and environment. Associations to variants of the genes for dysbindin and neuregulin-1, the genetic locus G72 and the DAOA (D-amino acid oxidase activator) gene have now been repeatedly confirmed. As with all other complex diseases, research is focusing now on characterizing the polygenetic predisposition and clarifying its influence on the development of the phenotype 11. Research methods range from molecular genetics via proteome research to cell biology, neurophysiology, brain structural and functional imaging and neuropsychology. With all these methods, several indicators for an increased risk of schizophrenia have been identified. However, the currently recognized neurobiological risk factors are not sufficiently predictive to allow the development and application of “selective” prevention measures targeting asymptomatic persons at risk. For neuro-psychological risk factors, this has just become evident in the large-scale attempt of the North American Prodrome Longitudinal Study (NAPLS) group to improve their multivariate model by integrating the examined neurocognitive variables 12. There are also established environmental risk factors for schizophrenia, such as pregnancy or birth complications, growing up in a large city, IQ low but normal and drug consumption. However, with odds ratios around 2, each of these factors appears to increase the lifetime risk of the disease only slightly 13. Thus, the currently known risk factors, either alone or taken together, cannot be used for prediction and prevention without knowledge of the complete predispositional basis and the gene-gene and gene-environment interactions, which are probably numerous. In view of this situation, it may be argued that the current efforts towards prediction and prevention are still premature and that further progress of etiological research is needed. However, a different perspective has emerged from the work of the centers for early recognition and prevention, established first in Melbourne, Australia and in Cologne, Germany in the mid 1990s, and later on in many other places around the world. This resulted from retrospective research of the early course of psychosis, in which the pathophysiologically active disturbances in brain development extend beyond early abnormalities in behavior into psychopathologically definable early risk and ultra high risk (UHR) symptoms, depending on the individual combination of stressors and resilience factors. First episode psychosis (FEP) research has shown that the outbreak of the disease is preceded in about 70% to nearly 100% of cases by an initial prodrome, which lasts for an average of five to six years. Even in highly developed health care systems, an average of one year thereafter elapses from the first manifestation of psychotic positive symptoms to the initiation of adequate treatment 14,15. The period over which the FEP remains untreated (duration of untreated psychosis, DUP) correlates with: delayed and incomplete remission of the symptoms; necessity of more protracted treatment and greater risk of relapse; lower compliance, greater burden on the family, and a higher level of “expressed emotion”; increased risk of depression and suicide; greater impact on the individual's employment or education; increased drug abuse and delinquent behavior; markedly increased costs of treatment 16. These correlations have recently been confirmed by a meta-analysis 17, with coefficients ranging from 0.285 to 0.434 (95% CI). This does not only provide strong arguments in favor of treating the FEP as early as possible, but has also led to a systematic effort to decrease the incidence of psychosis through indicated prevention. Two important studies concerning the early stage prior to the conversion to FEP have demonstrated that the earliest and most common symptoms, which generally dominate during the prodrome, are unspecific and cannot be distinguished from impairment in mood, drive, contact, and concentration of depressive episodes. These are the Age-Beginning-Course (ABC) study of schizophrenia, a retrospective study with optimized methods 14, and the Cologne Early Recognition (CER) Study, a long-term prospective study with an average follow-up period just below 10 years 18. These studies also found striking cognitive impairments in the form of self-experienced disturbances in thought, speech, and perception processes. This subgroup of so-called basic symptoms, which were found in more than a quarter of patients, had high specificity and a high positive predictive power, accompanied by only low rates of false positive predictions 19,20,21. Basic symptoms were first operationalized in the Bonn Scale for the Assessment of Basic Symptoms (BSABS). Shorter versions of the scale for adults and for children and adolescents — the Schizophrenia Proneness Instrument, Adult version (SPI-A) and the Schizophrenia Proneness Instrument, Child and Youth version (SPI-CY) — were later developed from dimensional analyses 22,23,24. While the BSABS only allows an assessment of the current state, the SPI-A and the SPI-CY also allow severity ratings according to the maximum frequency of occurrence within the past 3 months. In the CER study, 385 patients who were presumably in the prodromal phase of schizophrenia were followed up for an average of 9.6 (±7.6) years past baseline. Twenty percent of the initial criterion-positive cases (1 of 66 basic symptoms) who agreed to be followed up developed schizophrenia after 12 months, a further 17% after 24 months, a further 13% after 36 months, and finally a total of 70% after an average of 4.5 years. Thus, only 30% did not convert to schizophrenia. The overall presence/absence of at least one basic symptom correctly predicted presence/absence of a subsequent transition to schizophrenia in 78.1% of cases. From further analyses, two partially overlapping basic symptom criteria for defining at risk mental states (ARMS) for psychosis, primarily schizophrenia, were developed (Table 1). The first criterion, which consists of ten cognitive-perceptive basic symptoms and is abbreviated as COPER, was based on findings concerning the predictive accuracy of individual basic symptoms 18,25. The second was based on a methodological re-analysis of the same data set, in which a cluster of nine cognitive basic symptoms had repeatedly been selected as the most predictive. This cluster was called “cognitive disturbances” (COGDIS). In terms of general predictive accuracy, the two criteria slightly differed in the CER study, as COGDIS tended to be more conservative than COPER, i.e. to perform better in ruling in subsequent schizophrenia at the cost of performing worse in ruling it out. The transition rate throughout the average follow-up period of roughly 10 years was 65% for COPER and 79% for COGDIS, with the majority of transitions occurring within the first 3 years past baseline. In a second prospective study 26, conducted with the SPI-A and with a systematic follow-up of 24 months, 38% of the initially included 146 at-risk subjects developed a frank psychosis, mainly schizophrenia, within 12.3 (±10.4) months on average (1–48; median=9) according to COPER. Thus, the positive results of the CER study were confirmed. Again, COGDIS appeared to be more specific but less sensitive than COPER. As a consequence of these findings, predictive basic symptoms have been established as a set of criteria for risk assessment in international research on the early recognition of psychosis. In particular, the German Research Network on Schizophrenia used these symptoms, together with a combined criterion of functional deterioration and biological risk, in defining an “early at-risk of psychosis state” (ERPS), thereby suggesting a clinical risk staging model (Figure 1). Early and late initial prodromal state: a clinical staging approach The positive symptoms typical of schizophrenia — such as delusions, hallucinations or formal thought disorders — often first appear in an attenuated or transient form during the initial prodromal phase. These symptoms provide a valid prediction of conversion into FEP, particularly in the short term. Warning signs of this sort have been used as ultra-high risk (UHR) criteria 27,28. Notwithstanding their differences across studies, these criteria are generally composed of three alternative elements: attenuated positive symptoms (APS), brief limited intermittent psychotic symptoms (BLIPS), or a combination of one or more risk factors (always including genetic risk) and functional decline within a certain recent period. For the ascertainment of the UHR criteria, the Melbourne group gradually developed a specific instrument, the Comprehensive Assessment of At Risk Mental States (CAARMS) 29. Based on the Australian definition of the UHR criteria, the Structured Interview for Prodromal Syndromes (SIPS), the Scale for Prodromal Syndromes (SOPS) and, subsequently, the Criteria of Prodromal Syndromes (COPS) were developed 30,31. Different UHR-related approaches to an early detection of FEP, particularly schizophrenia, were developed by the Hillside Recognition and Prevention (RAP) program in New York 32 and the Basel Früherkennung von Psychosen (FEPSY) study 33. There have been at least 15 prediction studies using UHR criteria, some of which with large samples 34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41. The 12-month rates of transition into FEP published so far range between approximately 13% and 50%. A substantial variance is even observed with comparable observation periods in the same center 34,35. Yet, as the annual incidence for all forms of psychosis in the general population is only about 0.034% 42, even the lowest conversion rates still indicate a dramatic increase in the relative risk of illness, at least in the help-seeking samples of specialized centers. Table 2 depicts the predictive accuracy measures published so far, with the last five listed studies representing secondary predictor analyses of samples meeting at risk criteria. As a result, in the German Research Network on Schizophrenia, the UHR approach was combined with the basic symptom approach and applied in a slightly modified form for the definition of “late at-risk of psychosis state” (LRPS) (Figure 1). This clinical staging model, which suggests a syndromal sequence for the development of FEP progressing from unspecific prodromal symptoms to predictive basic symptoms, and then to APS, to BLIPS and to full-blown psychotic symptoms, was recently strongly supported 15. Universal or selective prevention measures target healthy population groups or clinically still healthy risk carriers, respectively 43. Indicated prevention, instead, targets individuals with basic symptoms and UHR symptoms. Even at the early stages when these individuals seek advice and help at the early recognition and prevention centers, they must be regarded as ill and in need of treatment. Furthermore, the impending deterioration of psychosocial performance in schizophrenia often already occurs in the initial prodromal phase, even prior to the conversion into FEP 14,15. These clinical and psychosocial impairments justify defining the interventions in EPRS and LPRS as indicated prevention, pursuing the following three objectives: a) improvement in the current burden of prodromal symptoms; b) avoidance or perhaps delay in the development of psychosocial handicap; c) prevention of or at least delay or attenuation of psychosis. Five international intervention studies have attempted to find out whether or to what extent these three objectives can be reached 44,45,46,47,48,49,50,51 (Table 3). The preventive measures used were either cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), adapted to the requirements of the persons at risk, or atypical antipsychotics (risperidone, olanzapine, and amisulpride). These were randomized controlled studies, but there were problems with the blinding condition in the two CBT interventions. This and other methodological shortcomings currently limit conclusions and have encouraged the research groups working in this area to set up new, optimized intervention studies. For example, the protocol of the ongoing parallel group PREVENT study includes careful comparative analyses and superiority and inferiority tests of the psychological and pharmacological treatments 52. A staging of risk, thereby implying a temporal dimension, was considered for the first time in the two intervention studies of the German Research Network on Schizophrenia. One of these studies covered ERPS and only offered CBT as a preventive measure 49,50. The other study was designed for LRPS and used only preventive treatment with amisul-pride 51. When the symptom development in the initial prodromal state follows the sequence shown in Figure 1, it would be beneficial for scientific and especially ethical reasons to focus on psychological interventions in ERPS, which are well tolerated and highly accepted. As soon as the first attenuated or transient psychotic symptoms occur, it seems justifiable to apply well tolerated antipsychotics with few side effects. This differential prevention strategy is now pursued in all German early recognition centers and is also increasingly gaining support in other countries. Another pharmacological option is aripiprazole, tested in a pilot study in UHR states 53. Its possible preventive effects are currently being analyzed in the PREVENT study. Antidepressants were used in a naturalistic, non-randomized observational study of an adolescent sample employing only the APS criterion for inclusion, but, for methodological reasons, this study does not allow any conclusion about differential preventive effects of these medications 54. A critical evaluation of the achievements over the past 15 years through continuous efforts to enhance prediction and prevention of psychoses, particularly of schizophrenia, reveals quite impressive results. However, the results achieved thus far need to be evaluated in the light of the ambitious, initially mentioned objectives of modern predictive and preventive medicine. Once predictive basic symptoms and UHR symptoms have occurred, the underlying pathophysiological process might have already progressed. For such a complex disease with a long-term course and a pre-dispositional basis, this kind of risk identification and risk-oriented prevention may possibly come too late. A more substantial reduction in incidence could be reached with selective and universal prevention measures. Therefore, symptom-based prediction and prevention need to be further developed into the direction of selective prevention for symptom-free risk carriers. In the future, it is necessary to strive for: a) an improvement of risk enrichment with the inclusion of biological risk factors; b) a stronger individualization of the risk estimation by stratification; c) the inclusion of sub-psychotic mental states, as cross-sectionally by current at risk criteria, in the the application of prevention strategies more with the of the the initial prodromal phase for as as then most of the follow-up periods shown in Table 2 are not to the transition A significant number of later may be as and, the predictive of the risk may be 12. Therefore, the first and most important is to out new, optimized large-scale studies with follow-up periods the of the initial prodromal phase, as in the CER study 18. The risk enrichment can also be advanced through the inclusion of following the of recent research on the prediction of through the cognitive impairment This condition a risk for with a conversion rate comparable to the risk for the patients certain imaging and the predictive risk enrichment may be possible for using brain but also impairments of and which are with the psychosis risk and are more and in cases with a later transition to schizophrenia and other new large-scale studies with sufficiently observation periods could whether the risk enrichment can be achieved by of such The of this strategy is on the progress of research on biological and environmental risk factors and their interactions, as is currently attempted in the Network of schizophrenia study In other medical disciplines, such as or a risk which does not in a of is using for multivariate clinical staging by risk In the of study, this approach was into psychosis prediction research for the first time A clinical model was developed based on a including six variables positive disturbances Assessment of in the past and years of Based on the individual a multivariate for further the risk of transition to psychosis into risk was each a increased relative risk to the general with each This model was argued to improve the prediction of psychosis by a of the individual risk in terms of and a more risk estimation or clinical staging of risk, in studies, could the development of risk adapted inclusion criteria for randomized preventive In the first application of this approach in the only clinical and variables were It remains to be whether a model including or environmental variables would increase the predictive accuracy even In studies have to whether such can also be applied to the prediction of psychosis within different time The currently ongoing of the has a about the inclusion of a risk for psychosis in to prevention initially argued this and to the that the application of as criteria could that the high rate of predictions in would be to increase up to in general This is and prior to whether to the in the of the The on the predictive of at risk criteria, thereby the persons meeting at risk criteria already from mental and functional for which they seek Moreover, they psychological and cognitive with and functional the majority of help-seeking at risk persons general criteria for mental disorder a clinically significant behavioral or psychological with disability and have to be considered as i.e. as people with the need and to be these in there are reasons for the inclusion of a clinical in the as by current at risk criteria, not as a prodromal risk for first psychosis, but as an to medical the of such an diagnosis would have the of the by the current mental state to a and Although an increased risk of psychosis would continue to be a of such a the psychological and medical focus would be from an to and At this current state of the criteria would be the for the inclusion of this A for the and of a new of international and studies would be with this inclusion in and later on also in A new prevention approach is by the of and studies a of the onset of psychosis the with the first results are for and The transition rate was lower in an group of UHR adolescents than in a group and this was at a an was evaluated in 10 patients in an pilot and a significant improvement in different was In an study, time was in an UHR group with as with a group suggesting a of This was the first study imaging data on effects in individuals at risk. The preventive of is currently in the process of in the Australian Prodrome study With the of schizophrenia is the first mental disorder to which the prediction and prevention program of modern medicine has been The results are and justify the that in the years to come it be possible to provide preventive strategies to the individual risk of of each In to a reduction in risk assessment has to be by neurobiological and psychosocial risk factors, and indicated prevention has to be further developed towards selective prevention. This a new of large sample studies for prediction as well as prevention, with observation In these studies, of risk selected to predictive must be psychological and pharmacological interventions need to be on a long-term basis, more prevention strategies have to be In to be to and such studies, it would be to mental states, as by the currently used risk symptoms, in the of the

World Psychiatry · 127 citationsread the source →

Effects of a perioperative smoking cessation intervention on postoperative complications: a randomized trial.

Objective: To determine whether an intervention with smoking cessation starting 4 weeks before general and orthopedic surgery would reduce the frequency of postoperative complications. Summary background data: Complications are a major concern after elective surgery and smokers have an increased risk. There is insufficient evidence concerning how the duration of preoperative smoking intervention affects postoperative complications. Methods: A randomized controlled trial, conducted between February 2004 and December 2006 at 4 university-affiliated hospitals in the Stockholm region, Sweden. The outcome assessment was blinded. The follow-up period for the primary outcome was 30 days. Eligibility criteria were active daily smokers, aged 18 to 79 years. Of the 238 patients assessed, 76 refused participating, and 117 men and women undergoing surgery for primary hernia repair, laparoscopic cholecystectomy, or a hip or knee prosthesis were enrolled. Intervention: Smoking cessation therapy with individual counseling and nicotine substitution started 4 weeks before surgery and continued 4 weeks postoperatively. The control group received standard care. The main outcome measure was frequency of any postoperative complication. Results: An intention-to-treat analysis showed that the overall complication rate in the control group was 41%, and in the intervention group, it was 21% (P = 0.03). Relative risk reduction for the primary outcome of any postoperative complication was 49% and number needed to treat was 5 (95% CI, 3-40). An analysis per protocol showed that abstainers had fewer complications (15%) than those who continued to smoke or only reduced smoking (35%), although this difference was not statistically significant. Conclusion: Perioperative smoking cessation seems to be an effective tool to reduce postoperative complications even if it is introduced as late as 4 weeks before surgery.

Annals of surgery · randomised controlled trial · 323 citationsread the source →

Effect of preventive messages tailored to family history on health behaviors: the Family Healthware Impact Trial.

Purpose: We wanted to determine the impact of automated family history assessment and tailored messages for coronary heart disease, stroke, diabetes, colorectal, breast, and ovarian cancer on preventive behaviors compared with a standard preventive message. Methods: The study was a cluster-randomized clinical trial that included 41 primary care practices, the majority in the Midwest, using Family Healthware, a self-administered, Web-based tool that assesses familial risk for the diseases and provides personalized risk-tailored messages. Patients in the control group received an age- and sex-specific health message related to lifestyle and screening. Smoking cessation, fruit and vegetable intake, physical activity, aspirin use, blood pressure, and cholesterol and blood glucose screening were assessed at baseline and 6 months after the intervention. Results: Of 4,248 participants, 3,344 (78%) completed the study. Participants were white (91%), female (70%), and insured (97%), and had a mean age of 50.6 years (range 35-65 years). Intervention participants were more likely to increase daily fruit and vegetable consumption from 5 or fewer servings a day to 5 or more servings a day (OR = 1.29; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.05-1.58) and to increase physical activity (OR = 1.47; 95% CI, 1.08-1.98) to 5 to 6 times a week for 30 minutes or more a week. The absolute differences in proportion were 3% and 4%, respectively. Intervention participants were less likely to move from not having cholesterol screening in the last 5 years to having their cholesterol measured within 5 years (OR = 0.34; 95% CI, 0.17-0.67), with an absolute difference of 15%. Conclusions: Messages tailored to an individual's familial risk for 6 common diseases modestly increased self-reported physical activity and fruit and vegetable intake but reduced the likelihood of receiving cholesterol screening.

Annals of family medicine · randomised controlled trial · 105 citationsread the source →

Long-term quality-of-life outcomes after radical prostatectomy or watchful waiting: the Scandinavian Prostate Cancer Group-4 randomised trial.

Background: For men with localised prostate cancer, surgery provides a survival benefit compared with watchful waiting. Treatments are associated with morbidity. Results for functional outcome and quality of life are rarely reported beyond 10 years and are lacking from randomised settings. We report results for quality of life for men in the Scandinavian Prostate Cancer Group Study Number 4 (SPCG-4) after a median follow-up of more than 12 years. Methods: All living Swedish and Finnish men (400 of 695) randomly assigned to radical prostatectomy or watchful waiting in SPCG-4 from 1989 to 1999 were included in our analysis. An additional 281 men were included in a population-based control group matched for region and age. Physical symptoms, symptom-induced stress, and self-assessed quality of life were evaluated with a study-specific questionnaire. Longitudinal data were available for 166 Swedish men who had answered quality-of-life questionnaires at an earlier timepoint. Findings: 182 (88%) of 208 men in the radical prostatectomy group, 167 (87%) of 192 men in the watchful-waiting group, and 214 (76%) of 281 men in the population-based control group answered the questionnaire. Men in SPCG-4 had a median follow-up of 12·2 years (range 7-17) and a median age of 77·0 years (range 61-88). High self-assessed quality of life was reported by 62 (35%) of 179 men allocated radical prostatectomy, 55 (34%) of 160 men assigned to watchful waiting, and 93 (45%) of 208 men in the control group. Anxiety was higher in the SPCG-4 groups (77 [43%] of 178 and 69 [43%] of 161 men) than in the control group (68 [33%] of 208 men; relative risk 1·42, 95% CI 1·07-1·88). Prevalence of erectile dysfunction was 84% (146 of 173 men) in the radical prostatectomy group, 80% (122 of 153) in the watchful-waiting group, and 46% (95 of 208) in the control group and prevalence of urinary leakage was 41% (71 of 173), 11% (18 of 164), and 3% (six of 209), respectively. Distress caused by these symptoms was reported significantly more often by men allocated radical prostatectomy than by men assigned to watchful waiting. In a longitudinal analysis of men in SPCG-4 who provided information at two follow-up points 9 years apart, 38 (45%) of 85 men allocated radical prostatectomy and 48 (60%) of 80 men allocated watchful waiting reported an increase in number of physical symptoms; 50 (61%) of 82 and 47 (64%) of 74 men, respectively, reported a reduction in quality of life. Interpretation: For men in SPCG-4, negative side-effects were common and added more stress than was reported in the control population. In the radical prostatectomy group, erectile dysfunction and urinary leakage were often consequences of surgery. In the watchful-waiting group, side-effects can be caused by tumour progression. The number and severity of side-effects changes over time at a higher rate than is caused by normal ageing and a loss of sexual ability is a persistent psychological problem for both interventions. An understanding of the patterns of side-effects and time dimension of their occurrence for each treatment is important for full patient information. Funding: US National Institutes of Health; Swedish Cancer Society; Foundation in Memory of Johanna Hagstrand and Sigfrid Linnér.

The Lancet. Oncology · randomised controlled trial · 277 citationsread the source →

Religious leaders as mental health gatekeepers in Nigeria: Belief-attitude typologies and implications for faith-health system integration: Findings from the CLERIC study.

In Nigeria, religious leaders are de facto mental health gatekeepers, yet their explanatory models and attitudes remain poorly characterised at the population level. This cross-sectional study maps causal beliefs and attitudes among 207 Christian and Muslim religious leaders in Lagos using validated, culturally adapted instruments, forming the attitudinal and typological component of the CLERIC research programme. An integrated conceptual model posits that explanatory models structure causal attributions, which constitute the cognitive foundation of stigma-related attitudes clustering into typologies with direct implementation implications. Spiritual causation was most strongly endorsed (M = 11.9, SD = 2.3) but coexisted with psychosocial and biological attributions in pluralistic frameworks. Stronger spiritual beliefs linked to more restrictive attitudes (r = .41); biological beliefs predicted more supportive orientations (r = .35). Latent class analysis identified three optimal typologies (AIC = 2,847.3, BIC = 2,912.8, entropy = 0.82): spiritually oriented-high restrictiveness (38.2%), pluralistic-high benevolence (35.7%) and biologically oriented-low restrictiveness (26.1%). Education and prior mental health training were the strongest independent modifiable predictors of supportive orientation. These typologies challenge monolithic views of religious leaders and provide a stratified, evidence-based framework for designing tailored faith-health integration strategies beyond universalist engagement models in Nigeria and comparable low- and middle-income countries contexts.

Global mental health (Cambridge, England)read the source →

Lifetime cumulative incidence of syncope in the general population: a study of 549 Dutch subjects aged 35-60 years.

Introduction: There are limited and conflicting data on the lifetime cumulative incidence of syncope in the general population. The aim of our study was to determine the lifetime cumulative incidence and triggers of syncope in the general population. Methods: Questions about syncope were added to a cross-sectional survey on cardiovascular risk factors carried out between 2001 and 2003 in 549 native Dutch respondents, aged 35-60 years. Results: The lifetime cumulative incidence of syncope in our study population was 35% (95% confidence interval 31-39%). Syncope occurred more often in women than in men (41% vs 28%; P = 0.003). A peak in the incidence of syncope occurred around the age of 15 years in both men and women. The median number of episodes in persons with syncope was 2 (Inter Quartile Range 1-5). The top five most frequently mentioned triggers of syncope included warm environment, pain, insufficient food intake, seeing blood/venipuncture, and emotion. Conclusion: In conclusion, our study shows that the lifetime cumulative incidence of syncope in the general population is high. Females experience syncope more often than males. The majority of the syncope triggers were related to conditions that affect orthostatic blood pressure regulation and vasomotor responses.

Journal of cardiovascular electrophysiology · cohort or longitudinal · 218 citationsread the source →

Litigation involving pediatric surgical conditions.

Purpose: Malpractice litigation among pediatric surgeons is a subject of concern and interest, but minimal factual data are known. Our goal was to investigate national litigation trends regarding pediatric surgical conditions. Methods: We queried WestlawNext database for malpractice cases involving pediatric (age ≤ 18) surgical conditions. Cases were included if they named a care provider or health center. We gathered data on diagnoses, procedures, care providers, allegations, location, and outcomes. Results: Our search revealed 4754 cases, and 170 met inclusion criteria. These ranged from 1965 to 2017 and represented 40 states. 110 cases involved a surgeon (41% pediatric surgeons). Appendicitis was the most common diagnosis identified. Cases frequently involved delayed/missed diagnoses or interventions (45.9%), technical concerns (35.9%), mortalities (26.5%), negligent perioperative care (23.6%), and informed consent concerns (4.7%). Technical complication was the most common allegation against surgeons (49.1%), and nonsurgeon cases typically involved a delayed/missed diagnosis (78.3%). 39% of cases resulted in favor of the defendant, 35% plaintiff, and 14% had a split verdict. Conclusion: Litigation involving pediatric surgical conditions is diverse, but appendicitis and circumcision comprise almost a third of cases. A greater understanding of these trends can help steer efforts in quality and safety as well as guide improved communication with families. Level of evidence: N/A.

Journal of pediatric surgery · review · 13 citationsread the source →

Clinical Presentation of Left Atrial Cardiac Myxoma

Introduction Cardiac myxoma is the most frequent “benign” tumor of the heart and presents an important diagnostic challenge (4,43,47). Myxomas may resemble many cardiovascular or systemic diseases, and can arise in any of the cardiac chambers, although 75% occur in the left atrium. Most cases of atrial myxomas are now diagnosed in living patients, allowing successful surgical extirpation (1,3,30,44,53). Before the introduction of angiocardiography in 1951, cardiac myxoma diagnosis was made only at autopsy (22). The first successful surgical removal of an atrial myxoma was performed in 1954 (35,47). In 1959, the first M-mode echocardiogram of a left atrial myxoma was reported (16). Indeed, the introduction of echocardiography has provided an important noninvasive means of diagnosis for cardiac myxomas (55). Thus, the diagnosis of small myxomas (less than 5 cm in size and asymptomatic) is becoming easier. We report here the experience of a French cardiovascular center in the clinical presentation of left atrial myxomas. The large number of patients in this series allowed us to perform an analytic, clinicopathologic study. Patients and Methods We reviewed the 112 cases of left atrial myxoma seen at 1 institution (Hôpital Louis Pradel, Lyons, France) over a 40-year period (1959–1998). In all cases the diagnosis was established before surgical removal. The patients’ medical records were reviewed, and data concerning clinical presentation, diagnostic methods, and postoperative course were collected. Histopathologic slides were reviewed for all cases by the same pathologist (RL). Other locations where cardiac myxoma occurred during that time period were the right atrium (15 cases), left ventricle (2 cases), and right ventricle (1 case). Follow-up information was obtained by contacting either the patients or the attending physicians, and a standardized questionnaire was completed for each case. Statistical analysis A chi-square test, or the Fisher exact test when required, was performed for all qualitative variables, and odds ratios (OR) with 95% confidence intervals (95% CI) were computed. For ordinal variables a Wilcoxon rank sum test was used. Data analysis was performed using SAS (Statistical Analysis System, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, NC). The variables studied in the statistical analysis were 1) sex and age, period of diagnosis (before or after echocardiography was available), delay to diagnosis (delay between the first symptoms and diagnosis), possible systematic (serendipitous) discovery; 2) size of the tumor (> or < 5 cm), tumor surface appearance (smooth or villous); 3) the main symptoms: cardiac (cardiac failure, malaise or syncope, chest pain or palpitations), embolic (cerebral, coronary, or peripheral artery), systemic (fever, weight loss, or pseudo-connective tissue disease signs), or neurologic (stroke, vertigo, epilepsy, coma, or other signs); 4) cardiac auscultation modifications (pseudo-mitral signs, “tumor plop”, nonspecific other signs); 5) possible chest X-ray abnormalities (left cardiac failure signs, cardiomegaly, pleural effusion, left atrium enlargement, visible myxoma when calcified), electrocardiogram (ECG) alterations (arrhythmias or conduction disturbances, ST-segment and T-wave shifts, left atrial hypertrophy, and nonspecific signs), or serologic test abnormalities (elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate [ESR], anemia). Results Patient characteristics The study group included 72 women, (64% of the whole sample; median age, 53 yr; range, 23–84 yr) and 40 men (36% of the sample; median age, 58 yr, range, 5–77 yr). Forty-six patients (41% of the sample, 31 women, 15 men) were less than 50 years old, 47 (42%, 31 women, 16 men) were between 50 and 70 years, and 19 (17%, 10 women, 9 men) were older than 70. Age distribution was homogenous in men, but most female patients were between 40 and 60 years old (Figure 1).Fig. 1: Age distribution of 112 patients with left atrial myxoma. The clinical and laboratory features of left atrial myxoma in our series are presented in Table 1. The different frequencies of clinical and laboratory signs according to sex and age are detailed in Table 2. Male patients were more at risk than females for embolic complications and for neurologic symptoms; females were more at risk than males to develop systemic symptoms such as fever; younger patients (age <50 yr) had more neurologic symptoms and cardiac auscultation abnormalities than older patients (age >50 yr).TABLE 1: Clinical and laboratory features of left atrial myxoma (112 cases)TABLE 2: Frequencies of clinical and laboratory signs by sex and age*We divided the patients into 2 groups according to the pre-and post-echocardiography periods: 1) between 1959 and 1977, when the only diagnostic methods were angiocardiography and cardiac cathe-terization, only 14 patients (12.5%) underwent surgery; 2) since 1977, with 2-dimensional echocardiography use (transthoracic, then transesophageal), about 5 patients per year have undergone surgery for left atrial myxoma (98 patients, 87.5%). The sex ratio and age ranges are similar in these 2 patient groups, but other differences can be identified (Table 3). Before 1977, most patients were diagnosed on the basis of serologic or blood test abnormalities (particularly elevated ESR) and radiologic abnormalities; chest X-ray evidence of cardiac failure or left atrium enlargement was particularly prevalent in patients diagnosed before 1977 compared with those diagnosed after 1977 (p = 0.006 and p = 0.02, respectively).TABLE 3: Symptoms by year of diagnosis*Delay before surgery In our series, the time interval between symptoms onset and diagnosis (surgical removal) varied from 0 to 126 months (median, 4 mo). The median delay before surgery was 5.5 months before 1977, and 3 months after 1977; the difference is not significant. The median delay to diagnosis increased significantly when cardiac symptoms were present; there was no significant difference for the other symptoms (Table 4).TABLE 4: Delay to diagnosis by year and by principal clinical symptoms*Initial symptoms ( Figure 2) For 11 patients, the left atrial myxoma diagnosis was a mere chance, or serendipitous, discovery (“systematic findings” in Figure 2). Among these patients, in 9 cases echocardiography (8 cases) or computed tomography (CT) (1 case) was performed for another indication and allowed a diagnosis of myxoma. For 2 patients, echocardiography had been systematically performed during follow-up for surgery on a right atrial myxoma. Fig. 2: Initial symptoms of left atrial myxoma (112 cases).The most common initial symptoms of left atrial myxoma in our series were related to mitral valve obstruction: dizziness and occasionally syncope, palpitations, dyspnea, cough, pulmonary edema, or congestive heart failure were observed in 58 patients. Eight patients showed atypical paroxysmal clinical manifestations: chest pain, hemoptysis, limb claudication, thoracic noise, shortness of breath, or syncope when reclining. Embolic manifestations suggested myxoma in 18 patients. Constitutional or general systemic signs appeared as initial manifestations for 17 patients: myalgia, muscle weakness, arthralgia, fever, weight loss, fatigue, and Raynaud syndrome. Clinical features at diagnosis All patients presented with at least 1 or more symptoms of the classic triad: 1) obstructive cardiac signs; 2) embolic signs; and 3) constitutional or systemic manifestations (See Table 1). 1) Intracardiac obstruction signs occurred in 75 patients. Pulmonary edema or progressive congestive cardiac failure (dyspnea, orthopnea) were the most common symptoms (n = 48). Malaise or syncope occurred in 16 cases. Two patients experienced cardiac arrest before surgery and fully recovered after resuscitation. Other nonspecific cardiac symptoms were present in 34 patients: cough, thoracic pain, palpi-tations, myocardial infarction due to coronary embolism. Malaise, palpitations, or thoracic pain could vary with body postural changes. 2) Signs of embolism were present in 33 patients, either with 1 (n = 25) or several (n = 8) locations. Embolic locations were the central nervous system (n = 24), in 1 case in the retinal artery, the upper and lower extremities (n = 15), and the coronary arteries (n = 4). 3) Thirty-eight patients presented with systemic or constitutional symptoms. These symptoms were obviously nonspecific, including fever (n = 22), weight loss or fatigue (n = 20), and immunologic diseases mimicking symptoms such as myalgia, muscle weakness, arthralgia, or Raynaud syndrome (n = 6). 4) Other clinical presentations 4.1) Twenty-nine patients had neurologic symptoms, particularly transient or permanent motor or sensory neurologic deficiencies (n = 23), when cerebral emboli were present (stroke). Three of these patients developed multiple cerebral aneurysms, induced by cerebral emboli. Three patients had epileptic fits, or multilocular sclerosis mimicking symptoms. Six patients also suffered from other neurologic manifestations, such as vertigo or coma. One patient with streptococcal meningitis underwent surgery for a supposed antibiotic-resistant endocarditis suggested by echocardiographic findings, but surgery uncovered an incidental noninfected myxoma. 4.2) One patient had fever and positive blood cultures for Streptococcus viridans. 4.3) Three patients were investigated for liver abnormalities connected in fact with right cardiac failure. 4.4) For 3 patients, the main symptoms were abdominal pain or hemoptysis. Physical examination (cardiac auscultation) On cardiac auscultation 72 patients (64%) had abnormal findings, 18 (16%) of them with postural changes or with time examination modifications. These murmurs looked like significant mitral stenosis findings: apical diastolic or presystolic murmur (n = 60, 53%). A tumor plop was heard in 17 patients (15%), all before 1989. Other auscultatory features were changes in preexisting murmurs, gallops, or modification of the first (split) or second heart sound (n = 12, 11%). A significant was observed between cardiac auscultation abnormalities and 1) systemic symptoms (fever, weight loss or and 2) cardiac symptoms and signs (cardiac failure, (Table no between auscultatory signs and embolic or neurologic symptoms was between clinical The most frequent laboratory was in patients Table 1). in men, in was observed in 15 patients. blood or was present in patients. The between these serologic abnormalities and systemic manifestations was significant Table there was no significant between serologic signs and or neurologic symptoms. abnormalities of the patients (n = had abnormal Table 1). atrial was the most frequent (n = or or conduction were Other were ST-segment abnormalities (n = or nonspecific abnormalities (n = hypertrophy, The of abnormalities with systemic manifestations and cardiac signs was significant Table was no significant with embolic or neurologic symptoms. were abnormal in patients Table 1). included pulmonary or congestive heart failure signs (n = and nonspecific (n = atrial enlargement (n = that made the tumor visible (n = and pleural were (n = The of radiologic abnormalities with systemic and cardiac manifestations was significant Table X-ray abnormalities were significantly less frequent in patients with embolic or neurologic methods Before 1977, all cases were diagnosed by angiocardiography with left heart (n = 1977, echocardiography was the diagnostic (n = only M-mode echocardiography was (Figure 3). 2-dimensional and particularly echocardiography the methods in many cases. For 2 patients the diagnosis was established by or 3: A myxoma is seen in the left The diagnosis of myxoma was obtained after surgical tumor for all cases. On the tumor from 1 cm to 15 The size was for was than 5 cm in and in cases had been during The weight of the from 15 to In our series of the myxomas were with a cm), and were the left atrial myxomas in our series, the and from the left atrial with only a other left and small mitral valve The myxoma surface was studied in was or in of these (n = and (Figure 4) in the other cases (n = The less common or (Figure 5) myxomas had a surface that of multiple or and with a to (Figure 4: left atrial myxoma after left atrial were on the of myxoma in an of an The myxoma had a or an and a were the The surface of the tumor was by a of was observed in of the cases. We with a myxoma from with a and or different of 1) (Figure with or by then by 2) (Figure with many or in the of the cases were left atrial of them with and with were myxomas with All were observed in patients with myxoma and atrial myxoma with with myxoma in atrial myxoma with or myxoma in significant could be between myxoma size or 5 and diagnosis or or of or serologic symptoms or signs (Table 6). a myxoma size cm was significantly with cardiac symptoms, auscultatory signs, and and chest X-ray of myxomas appeared to be more and the delay to diagnosis was for small than for large Table of clinical features to myxoma size was significantly with neurologic symptoms, embolic and cardiac auscultation there was no significant between and or X-ray signs or symptoms; discovery; or delay in diagnosis (Table of clinical features to myxoma surface course All patients had patients during the 1 patient in during a second surgical for a of myxoma years after the first surgical a on in with cardiac and on the second postoperative from a in from mitral by a mitral and a in from meningitis with the the incidental tumor had been 1 patient a mitral valve endocarditis was with the myxoma. The most frequent postoperative was transient or atrial in patients A permanent cardiac for was for only 2 patients. Follow-up the postoperative patients were to patients to and not our Among the other patients, 4 and were during the follow-up Patients presented with peripheral fully The follow-up for patients with multiple cerebral is 14 years a In the present series, were for a median of 3 years 1 yr). Six patients had a of myxoma. Three patients with myxoma in the left and 17 years Three other patients had One of them suffered 2 in the left 16 and months The other 2 patients with had an initial myxoma in the right for 1 of them the was in the left atrium 3 years and for the other the were multiple in the left atrium and years and then in the right atrium years We report here the series of patients with left atrial myxoma diagnosed in a to our The patients presented over a 40-year ratio is with other in this ratio from to Myxomas can occur in all but are most frequent between the and of occur in although there is no for this female due in to In our series, younger age is significantly with neurologic signs or cardiac auscultation and is with neurologic or embolic symptoms in men and systemic symptoms in Clinical features The clinical features of these are by and there are no signs and symptoms that the of a myxoma In a of there are no symptoms at all in our there is no significant between the size of the tumor or 5 and the of discovery or atrial myxomas when the mitral or systemic 1) symptoms occur in of patients in our cases as mitral valve in mitral atrial and of fever are only of patients had in our study. Cardiac obstruction can be by progressive congestive cardiac failure on or or by syncope, or to mitral valve obstruction by the myxoma or coronary arteries The of obstruction may vary with body and these postural changes are particularly of myxoma (35,47). Cardiac failure the most frequent in our In our the of cardiac signs increased the diagnosis to that clinical symptoms are by another more common disease due to 2) emboli are the second of the classic in of myxoma patients in our study. than of emboli to the central nervous system in our but any may be to a of symptoms and cases emboli in the upper and lower coronary and more emboli may to aneurysms, as of cardiac myxomas as in 3 patients in our was 12, yr, We that the of an or surface is significantly with cerebral and peripheral 3) Constitutional signs are the of the classic these symptoms are may occur in to of cases The is lower in our series studied a at a cardiovascular These signs and symptoms myalgia, muscle weakness, arthralgia, fever, weight loss, and are obviously nonspecific and may occur in a of or or immunologic diseases tissue manifestations have also been reported in myxoma patients Cardiac auscultation Cardiac auscultatory may vary between and may on body presystolic or diastolic murmurs, significant mitral may be heard in more than of the patients in our The auscultatory of myxoma is “tumor is a heart sound of heard after the second heart sound may be with a heart sound or a mitral The tumor plop is in only of patients in our We established a significant between cardiac auscultation abnormalities and cardiac or systemic symptoms. and are abnormal in only of the patients those with systemic symptoms significant was in our The main but nonspecific laboratory abnormalities are and elevated or is or may occur by on the has also been common are and that the and of a by the tumor may be for systemic and manifestations has been with of in patients with myxoma that to after surgical removal A between the size of the tumor and the of has also been suggested have also been in myxoma tissue myxoma tissue in cases by and are nonspecific but observed in our atrial in of patients, the alterations by the is (less than of cases) in to the in mitral valve We observed a significant between signs and the of cardiac or systemic symptoms. also nonspecific features in the patients and are not for when the tumor is in our a left atrium enlargement and signs of pulmonary may be In our series, chest X-ray abnormalities were significantly with cardiac or systemic symptoms, but there were radiologic signs when the myxoma was by embolic or neurologic In cardiac signs or symptoms are more prevalent with large and may that embolic becoming are diagnosed before the the size 5 that to cardiac and radiologic data a positive between small tumor size and embolic Table 6). methods is the and diagnostic of is and not any risk of tumor and and cardiac examination may be by the echocardiography is less with an to but echocardiography the for surgery is only on echocardiographic evidence of the in our series angiocardiography has not been since coronary in patients over 40 years old is in to coronary disease Other diagnostic methods and The of and over echocardiography is that of and thoracic are also more in tumor and tumor and size data that most left atrial myxomas arise from the atrial or the on the of and on the appearance is or with a or or is and the surface is either or and in our myxomas with constitutional symptoms, or In the such as and surface are seen in older that In our series, there was no significant between and The size and weight of myxomas but in our the of symptoms was in patients with on could or myxomas and or myxomas according to the of the that all occurred in patients with and myxomas. the of cardiac myxomas have been The of most is that myxomas are of is no that myxomas are myxomas may have a of that at first may be the of multiple surface or is not with or any of presentation, and is important not to an on the basis of these atypical are cardiac not be with myxomas The to the tumor are to be and analysis has that myxoma as tumor = and are and may be for and cases with is as is the showed that was by is also a for the that myxomas arise from the to A study that myxomas with a between tumor size and the of this a in Myxomas may to the but these not have any The myxoma tissue emboli may may the and may or may but any cerebral tissue years the may to Three patients in our series had embolic that into the with of multiple aneurysms, any or during and follow-up The of for myxomas is surgical removal the diagnosis is of the tumor is Embolic complications or are in patients: of patients in the time of our series, not due to cardiac but 2 patients had cardiac arrest in the before surgery with successful resuscitation. surgery is a as most are can be The may according to In our series, was 3 patients during the postoperative period before and another patient in of meningitis not to myxoma. The most frequent postoperative was transient or with an of Cardiac myxomas occur but or cases have been The reported rate ranges from to in the in our are reported from as as a months to as as years after of the myxoma in our The of is not but risk or of tumor of the a of tumor in the In most cases of of the to be the of Patients with abnormalities are at risk of and from 2 or more of the cardiac and myxomas or of the with and are as or The risk of for and myxomas is about and is only for In our series, 3 cases the cardiac myxoma the time of myxoma patients are younger than myxoma patients. myxomas of the 2 patient groups are not A to has been identified The is In the the rate is and after of myxomas ranges from 0 to in our may surgical removal in our A patients may permanent cardiac for conduction 2 patients in our In of the of a tumor that with mitral valve to in heart failure, the mitral valve is In our only 1 patient mitral valve for endocarditis with left atrial myxoma. the myxoma patients to be and cases. echocardiogram is over the period at diagnosis The mitral valve other and heart more common than and occur in patients with myocardial infarction or systemic symptoms are present (fever, weight loss, the diagnosis heart and tissue disease or The of embolic and constitutional symptoms is due more to but may also myxoma. The of or syndrome to the 2 diseases, as these are in myxoma. myxomas are occasionally the clinical of myxoma and endocarditis more of cardiac myxomas reported 40 cases with a presentation similar to is no clinical between and noninfected myxoma cardiac symptoms and the rate of systemic or cerebral constitutional symptoms significantly in patients with myxoma (fever, elevated and men are more than series of 112 cases of left atrial myxoma clinical that this tumor may a of clinical symptoms not only such as cardiac but also or neurologic is made only on clinical there are no signs or symptoms. but or cases have been that and of the by the tumor may be for or including the is the of for diagnosis and follow-up of this myxomas are be in the diagnosis of mitral valve disease and congestive heart failure, in patients with is also for any patient with embolic embolic in in the of signs or symptoms of endocarditis or to a of myxoma as the embolic The obtained by be are to the clinical features of in in myxoma or be studied for embolic myxomas with of could be performed to for the ratio and age We a series of 112 cases of left atrial myxoma diagnosed in a French and 40 age range, yr) over 40 years, from 1959 to Symptoms of mitral valve the first of the classic of myxoma presentation, were present in 75 patients with cardiac failure or Symptoms of the second frequent presentation in the classic were observed in 33 cases with 1 or several cerebral emboli with are at risk than females of embolic The of the classic of constitutional symptoms with fever, weight loss, or symptoms tissue due to and patients have more neurologic symptoms, and female patients have more systemic symptoms. patients (64%) had cardiac auscultation valve disease and more the tumor plop The most frequent was left atrial were The number of myxoma patients diagnosed after 1977 the introduction of echocardiography as a noninvasive diagnostic there was no significant in the time from onset of symptoms to between patients seen in the before and after The tumor from 1 to 15 cm with a weight of between 15 and The myxoma surface was or in of the and in the other cases. Myxomas in patients with embolism have a those in patients with cardiac symptoms, auscultation signs, tumor and electrocardiogram or radiologic signs of left atrium and are significantly the The is and only 4 occurred our 112 cases over a median follow-up of 3 The rate is but follow-up and echocardiography are for patients. The surgical were performed during the 40-year period by We are to for the

Medicine · review · 878 citationsread the source →

Metastasis Suppressor Proteins: Discovery, Molecular Mechanisms, and Clinical Application

Clinically and experimentally, primary tumor formation and metastasis are distinct processes — locally growing tumors can progress without the development of metastases. This observation prompted the hypothesis that the molecular processes regulating tumorigenicity and metastasis are distinguishable and could be targeted therapeutically. During the process of transformation and subsequent progression to a malignant phenotype, both genetic and epigenetic alterations alter a cell's ability to perceive and respond to signals that regulate normal tissue homeostasis. A minority of tumorigenic cells accrue the full complement of alterations that enables them to disseminate from the primary tumor, survive insults from the immune system and biophysical forces, and respond to growth-promoting and/or inhibitory signals from the distant tissues and thrive there. Identification of genes and proteins that specifically inhibit the ability of cells to form metastases (e.g., metastasis suppressors) is providing new insights into the molecular mechanisms that regulate this complex process. This review will highlight: (a) the functional identification of metastasis suppressors, (b) the signaling cascades and cellular phenotypes which are controlled or modulated by metastasis suppressors, and (c) opportunities for translation and clinical trials that are based on mechanistic studies regarding metastasis suppressors. The identification of nm23, the first metastasis suppressor gene, provided functional evidence for the existence of genes that specifically regulate metastasis (1, 2). Subsequent to this initial discovery, researchers used in vivo studies to identify additional metastasis suppressors. These pioneering studies used an unbiased approach to identify such candidates by demonstrating that ectopic expression of the putative suppressor gene inhibited the development of spontaneous macroscopic metastases without significantly affecting primary tumor growth (3–5). Recently, this definition has been extended to include genes which specifically inhibit metastatic colonization (i.e., experimental metastasis formation using i.v. injection). The use of in vivo assays is required because in vitro assays are often of inadequate complexity to sufficiently model the entire process of metastasis. Furthermore, there are currently no in vitro models that allow the study of preferential growth within different target tissues. Table 1 lists the proteins which have bona fide metastasis suppressor activity in vivo (i.e., suppression of metastasis following ectopic expression into metastatic cell lines). It is interesting to note that metastasis suppressor activity for many of these genes would not have been predicted a priori based on their known cellular function(s). Furthermore, the unbiased, functional strategy identified novel genes for which no cellular function was known at the time of discovery. Metastasis suppressors can impart their suppressive activity at one or more of the steps in the metastatic cascade (6). For example, in vivo studies showed that metastatic cancer cells which express ectopic KISS1, JNKK1/MKK4, MKK6, MKK7, TXNIP, nm23-H1, or SSeCKS proteins could successfully disseminate and lodge at secondary sites, but are suppressed in their ability to colonize (i.e., form overt metastases) target tissues (7–12). After lodging at secondary sites, disseminated cells may die, persist as nondividing cells, or initiate growth (13). Such pivotal cellular decisions depend on both the expression of a specific gene profile as well as the activation status of key signaling pathways and the cumulative inputs of timing, amplitude, and duration of signaling responses. In short, cells expressing metastasis suppressors grow at primary sites, but fail to proliferate at secondary or metastatic sites, suggesting differential responses to site-specific external signals. Although the observation that a gene of interest functions as a metastasis suppressor is an excellent starting point, research is now focused on the biochemical and molecular mechanisms by which metastasis suppressor proteins execute their in vivo functions. Metastasis suppressors vary widely in their cellular locations and biochemical functions. Such proteins could display either extracellular (e.g., KISS1) or intracellular localization patterns. Within the cell, they are located in various cellular compartments, from the plasma membrane (e.g., cadherin, KAI1, CD44), cytoskeleton (e.g., RhoGDI2, gelsolin), cytosol (e.g., JNKK1/MKK4, nm23-H1, RKIP), mitochondria (e.g., caspase 8), and nucleus (e.g., BRMS1, CRSP3, TXNIP) (14–21).Cells respond to external stimuli by using a limited number of signaling pathways. Signaling specificity is achieved, at least in part, by combinatorial spatiotemporal activation of signaling proteins. The summation of these signaling events, enabled by a cell-specific gene expression profile, is a tailored, situation-appropriate response. During the process of transformation and progression to a malignant phenotype, both genetic and epigenetic alterations influence a cell's ability to perceive and respond to signals which regulate normal tissue homeostasis. The accumulation of such alterations during progressive rounds of cell division could endow a minority of tumorigenic cells with the ability to disseminate from the primary tumor. It is likely that as a result of these changes, metastatic cells are no longer bound by tissue-of-origin–derived signaling specificity and acquire the ability to modulate their responses to the changing environments encountered throughout the metastatic cascade. Current data supports a model in which ectopic expression of metastasis suppressor proteins may restore, at least in part, the endogenous signaling repertoire of earlier, more benign cellular generations, thereby blocking metastasis formation. In this light, metastasis formation can be viewed as the result of a cell's ability to respond to multiple growth milieus as opposed to being restricted to growth in the microenvironment of the tissue of origin. Defining pathways regulating metastatic growth requires the integration and interpretation of data obtained over experimental settings ranging from the molecular interactions of specific proteins, to communication between signaling networks within single cells, and ultimately cellular interactions among populations of cells that yield a particular disease state. This line of inquiry is a particular challenge in studies of metastasis regulation because of the complexity and diversity of downstream events that take place in metastasis formation. The majority of metastasis suppressors identified participate in highly conserved eukaryotic signal transduction pathways. Based on their known biochemical functions, we have divided the metastasis suppressors into four general signaling categories: cytoskeletal signaling, mitogenic pathways, stress-activated pathways, and survival pathways (Fig. 1). Although it may seem straightforward to place a metastatic suppressor into a linear signaling pathway, it is important to be mindful that these pathways are, in fact, dynamic networks that exist in series and parallel leading to crosstalk and interplay; phenomena known as emergent properties. The cytoskeleton is a dynamic structure that enables motility, deformability, and flexibility, while maintaining cellular architecture. For most nonhematopoietic cells, motility is an ancillary function; however, as a nonhematopoietic cell transitions from the benign to the invasive to the metastatic state, motility becomes an increasingly paramount ability. Without a dynamic actin cytoskeleton, a tumor cell would be incapable of intravasation or extravasation, and the cellular deformability is necessary to complete the metastatic cascade. Not surprisingly, several proteins involved in cellular motility have been implicated as metastasis suppressors. The Rho family of GTP-binding proteins, which include Rho, Rac, and Cdc42, are central players in the regulation of actin dynamics. The Rho-GTPase family consists of small 20 to 30 kDa monomeric GTP-binding proteins that bind GDP/GTP and hydrolyze GTP, leading to the activation of downstream effector molecules (22). In this signaling scheme, metastasis suppressors have been identified as upstream inhibitors of the Rho family (23), or downstream effectors (24). RhoGDIs inhibit Rho family members by impeding the dissociation of GDP from Rho proteins, thereby locking the Rho protein in its inactive state, preventing Rho proteins from interacting with effector targets, and/or sequestering Rho-GTPases in the cytosol (25). RHOGDI2 was shown to suppress experimental lung metastasis but not affect in vitro growth or in vivo tumorigenicity. The Src-suppressed C kinase substrate is a protein kinase C substrate with protein scaffolding properties that have been shown to be a negative regulator of Rho family members (26). Reexpression of Src-suppressed C kinase substrate suppressed secondary lung metastases in nude mice and increased cell-cell adhesion, yet had little effect on primary tumor growth (10). Furthermore, Src-suppressed C kinase substrate reexpression at physiologic levels suppresses podosome formation and correlates with the induction of normal actin cytoskeletal structures and cell morphology, but not with the inhibition of Src kinase activity in cells (26).The finding that RhoGDI displayed the ability to suppress metastasis suggested that the downstream molecules it inhibits may have metastasis-promoting activities. This hypothesis seems to hold true in that mice deficient in RhoC, a target of RhoGDI, displayed a marked decrease in metastasis potential (27). Furthermore, specific inhibition of a downstream effector of Rho, ROCK, decreased tumor cell invasiveness in vitro and reduced the dissemination of tumor cells implanted in the peritoneal cavity in vivo (28). RhoGDI2 has also been shown to regulate secreted growth factors such as endothelin 1 (ET-1), which contribute to metastasis and will be discussed below (29). This prometastasic activation of effectors downstream of the Rho family is not universal. Gelsolin is a downstream effector of Rac that regulates the length of actin via its filament severing and capping activities. Overexpression of gelsolin has been shown to inhibit metastasis in vivo (24). Counterintuitively, gelsolin is an indispensable protein of podosomes, which are thought to play an active role in tissue invasion and matrix remodeling through their regulation of matrix metalloprotease (MMP) activity (30, 31).Cell interactions with the extracellular matrix and with neighboring cells trigger numerous responses that have essential roles in the regulation of behavior and fate. Integrin-mediated cell adhesions provide bidirectional links between the microenvironment and the cytoskeleton. This crosstalk between a cell and its local environment occurs whether the cell is benign, malignant, or metastatic. In this light, the cytoskeleton serves as a conduit for the integration and processing of intracellular and extracellular information; however, changes in the cytoskeletal program during pathologic progression may alter how this information is integrated and processed. Two metastasis suppressors have been shown to have interactions with integrins. Connective tissue growth factor is a 38-kDa cysteine-rich heparin-binding protein which is a secreted growth factor that can bind to integrins on the cell surface (32). Ectopic expression of connective tissue growth factor inhibited metastatic colonization by lung cancer cells (33). In contrast, the KAI1 metastasis suppressor protein is a member of the tetraspanin family of proteins and has been shown to interact with a myriad of cell surface proteins including other tetraspans (i.e., CD9, CD81), integrins β1 and β2, MHCII growth factor receptors, and intracellular signaling proteins such as protein kinase C (34). It has been hypothesized that KAI1 modulates integrin and growth receptor signaling by accelerating the rate of internalization via a protein kinase C–dependent pathway, thereby modulating cell adhesion and cell migration (34). Furthermore, KAI1 has been shown to decrease the integrin- and ligand-induced activation of the receptor tyrosine kinase c-Met, and independently decreases integrin-induced Src activation. Both c-Met and Src are thought to be required for invasion (35). A final observation with respect to the involvement of integrins in metastasis suppressor activity concerns caspase-8 function. Loss of caspase-8 in neuroblastoma cells leads to increased survival and an increased incidence of metastasis. The induction of caspase-8-mediated apoptosis seems to be due to unligated integrins because decreased expression of unligated integrins enhanced cell survival (36–38).Claudin-4 is a component of tight junctions which form the most apical component of intercellular junctional complexes where they establish cell polarity and cellular functions such as permeability (39, 40). These intercellular junctions not only carry out adhesive functions but also contain crucial components of signaling pathways that regulate epithelial proliferation and differentiation. Complementary in vitro and in vivo studies identified claudin-4 as an inhibitor of invasion and metastasis in pancreatic cancer cells and a target of transforming growth factor-β and extracellular signal-regulated kinase (ERK) signaling (40, 41).RECK, a membrane glycoprotein that encodes a GPI-anchored glycoprotein harboring three protease inhibitor–like domains, has been shown to negatively regulate MMP-2, MMP-9, and MT1-MMPs in vitro, suggesting that it is an important regulator of extracellular matrix remodeling. Furthermore, RECK-null mouse embryos displayed markedly elevated MMP activity. Interestingly, RECK is down-regulated by Ras signaling, a commonly altered pathway in many malignant cells (42).The role of some putative metastasis suppressors is more complex. There are several of a protein as a metastasis suppressor in one model and a potential tumor suppressor in For example, is a glycoprotein that responses of the cell to their cellular Although it has been in the that of has been shown to suppress metastasis in the cancer system other have that may metastatic activity a of the invasion and of and has been suggested to be a is not the only protein to have an role in metastasis. are a of that cell-cell adhesion in various tissues in a function is controlled by its Both and seem to inhibit cell migration and the in vivo metastatic potential of cells other studies have suggested that may invasion It is important to note that cancer cells of tissue used in several of the The tissue specificity of metastasis suppressor function is with the and integration information through signal transduction is a secreted protein and is hypothesized to processing by The are known as or not be secreted in to its metastatic suppressor activity has yet to be at the identification of upstream of identified a metastasis suppressor activity for CRSP3, a of the receptor of cells with suppressed metastasis and was with an of providing a potential between these and metastasis regulation stress-activated protein and pathways in parallel to the protein kinase In to the of with and have been with cell and apoptosis in to and changes, and growth factor specifically either or The protein is a kinase that has been shown to and the and in to a of extracellular can function as a metastasis suppressor in both and cancer Complementary in vitro and in vivo assays showed that the kinase activity of is required for the suppression of overt metastases and is to Subsequent studies identified metastasis suppressor for and in and interest is the finding that in cancer signals through the of the pathway to suppress metastasis in cancer signals through the of the pathway to suppress metastasis In vivo studies that both and suppress the formation of overt metastases by the ability of disseminated cells to colonize the lung identification of a metastasis suppressor function for protein also or protein mechanistic between the to cellular and of metastatic ability. is an endogenous inhibitor of a component of a system that has been implicated in cancer progression The levels of in cells are by endogenous as the in to to and including The primary of cellular is the is through of membrane or in to to with molecular or thereby highly or a of events that result in cell and of metastasis. this and ectopic expression of modulates these events to suppress metastasis formation is currently pathway is by mitogenic such as growth growth or which receptor tyrosine and The of mitogenic factors to cell surface a series of that with the activation of various factors and proteins and regulation may at in this is through both the of a kinase for a as well as protein expression levels of regulation are by intracellular localization and with scaffolding or proteins. These events may be important for regulating metastatic In the of metastasis the protein with the by to and the kinase suppressor of Ras a protein that has a role in the regulation of Ras activity and activation of the pathway has been shown to regulate signaling, suggesting that metastasis suppression activity may be by the inhibition of signaling kinase inhibitor protein was identified as a metastasis suppressor gene in functions as a negative upstream regulator of signaling and kinase interact with at sites, and of either inhibits of the Both be in to inhibition may suppress metastasis by of metastasis suppressors, and are with the signaling The signaling pathway a key role in many of cell survival and 1 are of an inhibitory and a and signals from various cellular proteins such as and an integration for the activation of and downstream to a that a of downstream targets, the and also regulates a of target proteins that cell proliferation and survival The levels of are and several particular interest is the which to signaling metastasis suppressor protein has been with the of cells showed decreases in endogenous levels of (i.e., of This finding is with a model in which changes in signaling the ability of disseminated cells to survive in the and grow at secondary In contrast, expression of the metastasis suppressor is modulated by clinical is the finding that expression correlates significantly with in both and cancer and that the in as a significantly of and cancer survival either evidence from the cell molecular and genetic studies that the metastatic process requires many steps to The of only one in this of in vivo events the process and a This enabled the identification of metastasis suppressor proteins. the of the however, the is not as straightforward because which signaling in the metastatic process are is not have insights into this by metastatic colonization as the in the metastatic cascade that is from a of A clinical will this to of invasive are with metastatic and (i.e., These that many with invasive disease disseminated cancer cells at preventing the of disseminated cells into the metastatic (i.e., the process of would a for cancer This approach more at preventing cancer cells from the primary tumor for the that this process has place the is first with In where this process has not yet local such as and can the the for additional at the an for metastasis preventing the growth of disseminated tumor cells into an overt clinical metastasis or the metastases. the approach not the in hold disease in providing increased of the with both of these is the identification of at for disease that they may at metastatic that can be to this include both tumor as well as molecular of the primary tumor to the development of metastasis a it has been to of the disseminated tumor cells at a secondary as the and as being distinct from that at the primary with to the tumor tumor cells distinct in the primary and secondary sites, and these interactions can or include locally and as well as cell-cell interactions in environments such as the and these with the of metastasis suppressor protein one can to there are to metastasis suppressor proteins. The of these on of the leading to of metastasis suppressor protein For example, the gene is it that of a normal gene would be the In contrast, was secondary to suppressed for example, at the endogenous gene seem we will provide an of approach from that have the of the first identified metastasis a of metastasis suppressor protein function in disseminated tumor In many cancer is with metastasis that occurs A study used gene to and whether this would cancer metastasis in an model of this A cell line of metastatic potential to the by in vivo was used to the of reexpression on metastasis. of these cells, an expressing was This in expression of the gene in most of the tumor cells in in and was with a in the number of metastases and a of This of of the of induction as a approach The of this approach are also to the of which is a disease that the In with gene is and the with i.v. development from the also the of the metastasis gene but the approach reexpression of the endogenous gene as a the was to a that would expression and allow at to on at of the This of would a that is and with an and have been to For example, was to expression in a cell line elevated the expression of cells out an of the the that elevated the expression of metastatic cell is a used at in and as well as at in cancer Furthermore, elevated expression and inhibited colonization and this effect was through The effect of on the of expression was in an in vivo model system for the of metastases the cell line to lung mice to or in of mice to of The number of metastases mouse was reduced by to on the metastases in reduced by to in the inhibited the number and of metastases in this This in metastases was with reexpression in the lung a of in with metastases and and tumors is of gene expression alterations with of metastasis suppressor protein A would be that functional of metastasis suppressor proteins is with gene expression changes, and cellular Recently, this with the that of metastasis suppressor proteins is with the of was used to a novel These studies focused on RhoGDI2, a suppressor of metastasis in an model of cancer metastasis reduced expression was to be with decreased survival for with cancer that RhoGDI2 as a on the expression of genes and to identify such genes in a of the lung metastasis model and primary clinical of RhoGDI2 protein is currently they to proteins or pathways downstream of These genes required to be following the of RhoGDI2 protein from the cells, and be of being inhibited by or to the changes in gene expression following of RhoGDI2 expression in metastatic cells, several proteins including This finding was by the between RhoGDI2 expression levels and of in tumor (29). Furthermore, inhibition of the endothelin with of the endothelin receptor such as to metastatic suppression in cells deficient for RhoGDI2 (29). The endothelin has been shown to regulate tissue cell cell and remodeling also has on cells in the and lung important of cancer metastasis In to such may growth factor and factor and growth factor one in the proliferation of and cells tumor also a role for in metastases from and and supports a model in which cells, in providing a microenvironment for these that trials with endothelin may be for with cancer following of the primary The for its use in the from the effect these have had in preventing experimental metastasis. These however, not the of these in metastatic but this is yet to be The molecular shown between and RhoGDI2 is because of endothelin receptor A such as with clinical In fact, in with in a the most events and that is well In this there was no at to in other of was not by this the of this effector approach to other metastasis suppressor proteins could identify potential novel for in other for and during the of key of this

Clinical Cancer Research · review · 131 citationsread the source →

Heart rate variability

IN FOCUSHeart rate variabilityHarald M. StaussHarald M. StaussDepartment of Exercise Science, University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52242Published Online:01 Nov 2003https://doi.org/10.1152/ajpregu.00452.2003MoreSectionsPDF (59 KB)Download PDF ToolsExport citationAdd to favoritesGet permissionsTrack citations the rhythm of the heart has not only fascinated cardiologists but also inspired poets and musicians. Indeed, the periodic beat of the heart was used to define the speed of music. In music notation, the traditional Italian term "moderato" originally referred to one beat of the measure per walking pace (76-80 paces/min) or heartbeat (∼72 beats/min). The use of the heartbeat to define the speed of music may imply that the periodicity of the beat of the heart is very constant. However, this is not necessarily the case. In fact, loss of heart rate variability can indicate severe cardiovascular diseases and reliably predict poor outcome of such conditions (18, 22, 27, 47a). This In Focus article reviews sources of heart rate variability, its role as a prognostic marker for cardiovascular diseases, and its application in estimation of cardiac autonomic nervous system activity. All of these topics have been addressed intensely in articles published in the American Journal of Physiology-Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology during the last two years. In healthy subjects, the sinoatrial node located at the posterior wall of the right atrium initiates each beat of the heart. Due to the unstable membrane potential of the myocytes located in this region, action potentials are generated periodically at a fairly constant frequency. This relatively constant frequency generated by the autorhythmicity of the sinoatrial node is modulated by many factors that add variability to the heart rate signal at different frequencies. According to the Task Force of The European Society of Cardiology and The North American Society of Pacing and Electrophysiology (47a) these frequencies are classified into 1) ultra-low frequencies (ULF; >5-h cycle length) that include the circadian rhythm (6, 9, 34, 54); 2) very low frequencies (VLF; >25-s cycle length) that are supposed to be affected by temperature regulation (1, 7, 34, 52, 54) and humoral systems (9, 36); 3) low frequencies (LF; >6-s cycle length in humans) that are sensitive to changes in cardiac sympathetic (and presumably parasympathetic) nerve activity (27, 30); and 4) high frequencies (HF; 2.5- to 6.0-s cycle length in humans) that are synchronized to the respiratory rhythm (5) and are primarily modulated by cardiac parasympathetic innervation (38).The most prominent oscillation in the ULF band of the heart rate spectrum is the circadian rhythm. The autonomic nervous system contributes significantly to circadian heart rate variability. Using long-term recordings in conscious rabbits, Barrett et al. (6) demonstrated a strong circadian rhythm in heart rate, mean arterial blood pressure, renal blood flow, and renal sympathetic nerve activity. The importance of this study is that it clearly demonstrates that sympathetic nerve discharges exhibit a strong circadian rhythmicity. The paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus (PVN) appears to play a central role in mediating the circadian rhythm of autonomic nervous system activity. First, GABAergic and glutamatergic neurons project from the suprachiasmatic nuclei of the hypothalamus (SCN) to spinal-projecting neurons of the PVN (12). The SCN is the major central oscillator that triggers the day/night cycle. It receives photic input from the retina (47) and drives many neuroendocrine, metabolic, autonomic, and behavioral circadian rhythms (14, 16, 21, 31, 35, 44, 46, 50). In addition, microinjections of the inhibitory neurotransmitter GABA into the PVN of anesthetized rats elicit dose-dependent decreases in renal sympathetic nerve activity, whereas bicuculline (a GABA antagonist) increases renal sympathetic nerve activity (56). Second, from the PVN, neurons project to the nucleus of the solitary tract (that integrates inputs from the baroreceptors), the nucleus ambiguus (origin of preganglionic parasympathetic neurons to the heart), the rostroventrolateral medulla (location of sympathetic premotor neurons), and the intermediolateral cell column of the thoracolumbar spinal cord (location of preganglionic sympathetic neurons). Thus PVN neurons can modulate autonomic nervous system activity by sending inputs to major sites of autonomic nervous system regulation. As an example, a pivotal role of the PVN for sympathoexcitation during parturition was recently demonstrated in sheep. The increase in sympathetic nerve activity that accompanies birth in maternal animals was prevented by stereotactic lesioning of the PVN (43). Taken together, a major component of the circadian heart rate variability is elicited by diurnal fluctuations in autonomic nervous system activity, generated by corresponding fluctuations of neuronal activity within the PVN, which depend on circadian inputs originating from the SCN.It has been suggested that thermoregulation affects VLF heart rate variability (10, 26). Cooling the heart causes bradycardia, a mechanism used in heart surgeries. Conversely, fever is known to increase heart rate. Raising body core temperature from 36.0 to 36.6°C caused an increase in heart rate by almost 40 beats/min in male subjects (1), whereas acutely reducing ambient temperature from thermoneutral conditions (35°C) to 29, 23, and 17°C, reduced heart rate from 400 to 250 beats/min in 8-day-old rats (7). In addition, lowering temperature in the isolated working rat heart from 37 to 31°C reduced heart rate from 332 to 215 beats/min and markedly increased heart rate variability (28), indicating that parts of the temperature effects on heart rate and heart rate variability are independent from the autonomic nervous system. In contrast to the tachycardia that accompanies acute elevations in temperature, chronically raising ambient temperature in adult rodents from a standard housing temperature of 21-23°C to thermoneutral conditions (29-30°C) reduced heart rate by roughly 50 beats/min in rats (34) and by 200-300 beats/min in mice (54). The authors of these articles (34, 54) suggested that standard housing temperatures are associated with cold stress that causes parallel activation of brown adipose tissue, cardiac, and vasomotor sympathetic drives that elicits nonshivering thermogenesis and tonically elevates heart rate and arterial blood pressure. These and other studies indicate that both direct effects of temperature on pacemaker activity of the sinus node (28) and indirect effects mediated via the autonomic nervous system (11, 25, 51, 55) mediate temperature effects on heart rate and heart rate variability. Thus fluctuation in temperature is an important source of heart rate variability that should not be underestimated. In a more recent study, this was taken into account by core body temperature correction of heart rate variability (3).Endocrine factors affecting heart rate variability include thyroxine, reproductive hormones, the renin-angiotensin system, steroids, and others. Chronic subcutaneous infusion of angiotensin II in rats markedly increased blood pressure and heart rate variability, expressed as standard deviation (9). In contrast, chronic corticosterone treatment is likely to reduce baroreflex-mediated heart rate variability, because baroreceptor-heart rate (39) and baroreceptor-renal sympathetic nerve activity reflex sensitivity (41) were blunted in chronically corticosterone-treated rats. Furthermore, an interaction between angiotensin II and glucocorticoids was recently described. Intracerebro-ventricular microinjections of angiotensin II AT1 receptor antagonists caused marked decreases in mean blood pressure and heart rate in rats chronically treated with corticosterone but not in control animals (40). This interaction is likely to take place in the central nervous system, because peripheral angiotensin II AT1 receptor blockade did not alter the effects of betamethasone treatment on blood pressure, heart rate, and baroreceptor-heart rate reflex sensitivity in newborn lambs (42).Adenosine is a substance less known to affect heart rate variability. It is produced locally in the heart (53) and binds to A1-adenosinergic receptors, which are among the earliest expressed G protein-coupled receptors in the heart (36). The A1-adenosinergic agonist N6-cyclopentyladenosine dose dependently reduced heart rate in murine embryos, whereas 1,3-dipropyl-8-cyclopentylxanthine, an A1-adenosinergic antagonist, increased heart rate (36). Adenosine also exerts central nervous system effects in various brain areas (15, 20). Microinjections of adenosine into the nucleus of the solitary tract of awake rats caused dose-dependent changes in heart rate: low doses (0.01 nmol) produced a bradycardic response, whereas high doses (2.5-5.0 nmol) elicited a tachycardic response (15). Thus adenosine may indeed be involved in the regulation of heart rate and modulate heart rate variability via local cardiac and central nervous system effects. It has been proposed that the intrinsic cardiac nervous system plays an active role in regulating cardiac function (4, 37, 45, 57). This nervous system consists of sympathetic and parasympathetic neurons and interconnecting local circuits (37). Neurons in the canine right atrial ganglionated plexus (RAGP) spontaneously generate activity even after chronic cardiac autonomic denervation (45). Right atrial neurons in patients undergoing coronary artery bypass surgery generated spontaneous activity that was unrelated to the cardiac cycle but sensitive to changes in systemic arterial pressure, indicating that these neurons receive pressure-sensitive sensory inputs (4). In addition, it has been suggested that substance P acts as a neuromodulator and neurotransmitter in intracardiac ganglia of the guinea pig, modulates the response to vagal inputs, and triggers action potentials at the site of parasympathetic ganglia independent of acetylcholine (57). Furthermore, the right atrial (RAGP) and the posterior atrial ganglionated plexus (PAGP) appear to have different functions. Ablation of the PAGP reduced vagally mediated bradycardia by 26%, whereas RAGP ablation completely abolished this response. Inhibition of sympathetically mediated tachycardia by vagal stimulation was attenuated by ablation of either plexus (37). Thus parasympathetic efferent neurons are primarily located in the RAGP, whereas prejunctional parasympathetic-sympathetic interactions also involve neurons within the PAGP (37). The spontaneous activity of neurons in the intrinsic cardiac nervous system, even after cardiac denervation (45), suggests an active role of this system in regulating heart rate. However, the impact of the intrinsic cardiac nervous system on heart rate variability remains to be elucidated. The importance of the autonomic nervous system for heart rate variability in humans becomes apparent in patients following cardiac transplantation, in whom heart rate variability is markedly reduced (49). Although reinnervation is possible after months and years, initially transplanted hearts can be considered to be denervated. Thus the reduced heart rate variability in cardiac transplanted patients (49) underlines the importance of an intact autonomic innervation for spontaneously occurring heart rate variability. A major component of the chronotropic effect of the autonomic nervous system is linked to cAMP. Intracellular cAMP increases the inward current of Na+ (funny current, If), which determines the rate of the slow diastolic depolarization that precedes each action potential. The activity of adenylate cyclase and thus intracellular cAMP levels are increased by stimulation of sympathetic β1-adrenergic receptors and decreased (via a Gi protein) by stimulation of parasympathetic muscarinic receptors. Thus cardiac sympathetic innervation increases the rate of the slow diastolic depolarization and accelerates heart rate, while cardiac parasympathetic innervation elicits opposite effects. Interestingly, parasympathetic-mediated changes in heart rate occur much faster than sympathetic-mediated effects on heart rate (27, 30, 47a). As a result, cardiac sympathetic nervous system activity can only affect LF components of heart rate variability, whereas the parasympathetic nervous system can also modulate HF components. A hitherto unsolved question in this context is if the rapid heart rate response to parasympathetic stimulation compared with the slow effect of sympathetic inputs is due to 1) different kinetics of β1-adrenergic vs. muscarinic receptors, 2) different kinetics of adenylate cyclase vs. phosphodiesterase, the enzyme that cleaves cAMP, or 3) fast parasympathetic-mediated opening of KACh channels (via muscarinic receptors and a GK protein). Support for the latter possibility comes from experiments in the rabbit sinoatrial node that demonstrated that activation of KACh channels contributes to the initial slowing of heart rate as a result of vagal stimulation (8).On the basis of the different frequency response characteristics of sympathetic and parasympathetic modulation of heart rate, frequency analysis of heart rate variability is often used as a tool to determine "autonomic balance" or sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous system activity (27, 47a). As an example, the wavelet transform was recently used to determine cardiac autonomic responses to reperfusion in patients with thrombolysis after coronary thrombosis. Depending on the location of the infarct, marked alterations in LF or HF spectral power of heart rate or in the LF/HF ratio was observed in all successful reperfusions (48).The HF component corresponds to the frequency of respiration and is driven by the vagus as indicated by the strong respiratory pattern of cardiac vagal motoneurons in the nucleus ambiguus (38). The LF component has been ascribed to sympathetic modulation of cardiac pacemaker activity, because a variety of studies demonstrated that acute interventions that increase sympathetic nervous system activity, such as orthostatic perturbations (17, 19, 33), mental stress (32), or handgrip exercise (13, 24) increases LF spectral power of heart rate (27, 30). In addition to acute perturbations of cardiac sympathetic nerve activity, feedback oscillations generated by the baroreceptor reflex also appear to contribute to LF spectral power of heart rate as it was demonstrated that sinoaortic denervation markedly reduces the LF component (27, 30). Despite the strong modulation of heart rate by the autonomic nervous system, the LF and HF spectral components of heart rate variability may not always be very reliable markers for cardiac sympathetic and parasympathetic "tone" (30). In a recent study, muscle sympathetic nerve activity was recorded together with heart rate variability during application of lower body negative pressure that is known to increase muscle sympathetic nerve activity (17, 33). At higher levels of lower body negative pressure (-15 mmHg), both muscle sympathetic nerve activity and relative LF spectral power of heart rate increased significantly, whereas HF spectral power decreased (17). These findings suggest that LF spectral power reflects cardiac sympathetic "tone." However, no correlation within subjects was found between changes in LF/HF ratio and muscle sympathetic nerve activity (17). Thus heart rate variability does not reliably reflect the sympathetic response to orthostatic stress. Respiration-related fluctuation of heart rate (respiratory sinus arrhythmia) is probably the most often investigated component of heart rate variability, as it is believed that this component reflects respiration-driven vagal modulation of sinus arrhythmia (27). In a recent study, Rentero et al. (38) recorded the electrical activity from cardiac vagal motoneurons in the nucleus ambiguus. Firing of these neurons was modulated by the central respiratory cycle. This and other studies support the view that respiratory sinus arrhythmia is generated by central coupling of the respiratory oscillator with autonomic centers in the brain stem. However, a mechanical cardiopulmonary coupling as a source of respiration-related heart rate variability has also been suggested (5). The Bainbridge reflex causes a tachycardia in response to hypervolemia. This reflex is initiated by atrial mechanoreceptors and uses efferent sympathetic and parasympathetic pathways to modulate heart rate in response to changes in central venous pressure (23). Thus respiratory changes in central blood volume cause corresponding respiratory fluctuations in cardiac autonomic nervous system activity via the Bainbridge reflex. Only the parasympathetic component of the efferent pathway of the reflex can contribute to respiratory sinus arrhythmia, because sympathetic actions on heart rate are too damped to follow the respiratory frequency. The gain and phase of the transfer function between respiratory changes in lung volume and R-R intervals of the ECG were calculated in human subjects during graded changes in central blood volume (5). At the respiratory frequency, the phase was -180 degree, indicating that an inspiratory increase in central blood volume was associated with a decrease in R-R interval (increase in heart rate). Furthermore, the gain of the transfer function at the respiratory frequency steadily increased with increasing central volumes (except at the highest volume). Both of these findings confirm the presence of the Bainbridge reflex in humans (5). Thus, in addition to the central coupling of respiratory oscillators with cardiovascular centers, the Bainbridge reflex may contribute to respiration-related heart rate variability by mechanical cardiopulmonary coupling. There is general agreement that low heart rate variability is an unfavorable prognostic marker for cardiovascular diseases, such as diabetic autonomic neuropathy, hypertension, myocardial infarction, and heart failure (18, 22, 27, 29, 47a). Heart rate variability (variance of R-R intervals) was reduced in patients with mild hypertension (29) compared with normal values (1,134 ± 202 vs. 3,466 ± 1,018 ms2) provided by the Task Force (47a). In the rat model of myocardial infarction-induced congestive heart failure, Francis and colleagues (18) reported loss of spontaneous heart rate variability 6 wk after coronary artery ligation. Interestingly, reduced heart rate variability was also observed in a rat model of depression that is based on chronic (4 wk) mild stress application (22). Because depression is an independent risk factor for coronary artery disease, this finding may realistically model a human disease process. The reduction in heart rate variability was abolished by β-adrenergic receptor blockade, indicating that the reduced heart rate variability in this model of depression is related to elevated cardiac sympathetic tone (22).In summary, heart rate variability is generated by multiple factors not exclusively limited to the autonomic nervous system. Specific frequency components of heart rate variability mirror acute perturbations of the autonomic nervous system but do not always reflect autonomic nervous system activity. Simple statistics of heart rate variability, such as the standard deviation of R-R intervals in the ECG, can reliably predict the prognosis of cardiovascular diseases.I thank Dr. R. McAllen for critically reviewing the manuscript. References 1 Aoki K, Stephens DP, and Johnson JM. Diurnal variation in cutaneous vasodilator and vasoconstrictor systems during heat stress. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: R591-R595, 2001.Link | ISI | Google Scholar3 Aoyagi N, Ohashi K, and Yamamoto Y. Frequency characteristics of long-term heart rate variability during constant-routine protocol. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 285: R171-R176, 2003.Link | ISI | Google Scholar4 Arora RC, Hirsch GM, Johnson Hirsch K, Hancock Friesen C, and Armour JA. Function of human intrinsic cardiac neurons in situ. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: R1736-R1740, 2001.Link | ISI | Google Scholar5 Barbieri R, Triedman JK, and Saul JP. Heart rate control and mechanical cardiopulmonary coupling to assess central volume: a systems analysis. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283: R1210-R1220, 2002.Link | ISI | Google Scholar6 Barrett CJ, Navakatikyan MA, and Malpas SC. Long-term control of renal blood flow: what is the role of the renal nerves? Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: R1534-R1545, 2001.Link | ISI | Google Scholar7 Blumberg MS, Knoot TG, and Kirby RF. Neural and hormonal control of arterial pressure during cold exposure in un-anesthetized week-old rats. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: R1514-R1521, 2001.Link | ISI | Google Scholar8 Boyett MR, Kodama I, Honjo H, Arai A, Suzuki R, and Toyama J. Ionic basis of the chronotropic effect of acetylcholine on the rabbit sinoatrial node. Cardiovasc Res 29: 867-878, 1995.Crossref | PubMed | ISI | Google Scholar9 Braga and of on fluctuations and changes in blood pressure. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google and elicited of heart rate variability. J Physiol | ISI | Google and modulation of sympathetic nerve activity to muscle in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google and and GABA mediate suprachiasmatic nucleus inputs to spinal-projecting paraventricular Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and is not associated with of the exercise reflex in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google C, and Y. The effect of on the circadian control of human core body temperature is Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and of adenosine receptors in the does not affect the in awake rats. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google JK, A, and circadian and during two Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and sympathetic nerve and heart rate spectral effects of lower body negative pressure. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google Francis Johnson and of heart failure after myocardial in the Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google A, and of lower body pressure on muscle sympathetic nerve activity response to Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and Adenosine initial depression of in the rat in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google R, and and circadian phase in a diurnal the Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and Johnson alterations and autonomic in an model of Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google MA, and The interaction of the Bainbridge and in the conscious Res | ISI | Google A, and handgrip exercise arterial control of sympathetic in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and nerve regulation to is in rats. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283: 2002.Link | ISI | Google and in heart rate variability. J Physiol | ISI | Google and function and cardiovascular interactions and Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283: 2002.Link | ISI | Google and interval variability in isolated working rat hearts at various conditions and Res | PubMed | Google A, A, and and autonomic of in patients with mild Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google Malpas SC. Neural on cardiovascular and Am J Physiol Heart Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google and thermoregulation in and rats in a Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and effects on reflex responses to mental stress in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and reflex during orthostatic in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283: 2002.Link | ISI | Google and and responses to and are in rats. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and and in a by cycle. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and of humoral heart rate regulation in the Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google Armour and within the intrinsic cardiac nervous system contribute to chronotropic regulation. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 285: 2003.Link | ISI | Google Rentero N, A, and McAllen of cardiac vagal motoneurons in rat nucleus ambiguus. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283: 2002.Link | ISI | Google and modulate control of heart rate in conscious rats. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google and central actions of angiotensin to increase arterial pressure. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and modulate control of renal sympathetic nerve activity. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and modulation of cardiovascular and autonomic function in role of Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and Inhibition of sympathetic responses at birth in by of the paraventricular Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283: 2002.Link | ISI | Google and JP. pattern of during acute and chronic in conscious adult rats. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google Armour and of chronic cardiac on of canine intracardiac neurons in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and levels and circadian rhythm of activity in the a model of Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and nerve response of suprachiasmatic nucleus and Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google

American Journal of Physiology-Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology · review · 309 citationsread the source →

Hope for the Best, and Prepare for the Worst

Medical Writings4 March 2003Hope for the Best, and Prepare for the WorstAnthony L. Back, MD, Robert M. Arnold, MD, and Timothy E. Quill, MDAnthony L. Back, MDFrom Veterans Administration Puget Sound Health Care System, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington; University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; University of Rochester, Rochester, New York., Robert M. Arnold, MDFrom Veterans Administration Puget Sound Health Care System, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington; University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; University of Rochester, Rochester, New York., and Timothy E. Quill, MDFrom Veterans Administration Puget Sound Health Care System, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington; University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; University of Rochester, Rochester, New York. Author, Article, and Disclosure Informationhttps://doi.org/10.7326/0003-4819-138-5-200303040-00028 SectionsAboutFull TextPDF ToolsAdd to favoritesDownload CitationsTrack CitationsPermissions ShareFacebookTwitterLinkedInRedditEmail Mr. J., a 40-year-old father of two young children, has metastatic non–small-cell lung cancer that has not responded to two different chemotherapy regimens. His physician, Dr. B., explains that the cancer is progressing. Mr. J. says, Isn't there something you can do? Please don't give up on me. Dr. B. pauses and says, Well, there is an experimental protocol we could try. When faced with life-threatening illness, patients and physicians often feel that they must choose between hoping for disease remission and preparing for death. Mr. J. wants to fight the cancer in hope of living longer, and his physician ...References1. Delvecchio Good MJ, Good BJ, Schaffer C, Lind SE. American oncology and the discourse on hope. Cult Med Psychiatry. 1990;14:59-79. [PMID: 2340733] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar2. The AM, Hak T, Koter G, van Der Wal G. Collusion in doctor-patient communication about imminent death: an ethnographic study. BMJ. 2000;321:1376-81. [PMID: 11099281] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar3. Ersek M, Kraybill BM, Pen AD. Factors hindering patients' use of medications for cancer pain. Cancer Pract. 1999;7:226-32. [PMID: 10687591] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar4. Cleeland CS, Gonin R, Hatfield AK, Edmonson JH, Blum RH, Stewart JA, . Pain and its treatment in outpatients with metastatic cancer. N Engl J Med. 1994;330:592-6. [PMID: 7508092] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar5. Byock IR. The nature of suffering and the nature of opportunity at the end of life. Clin Geriatr Med. 1996;12:237-52. [PMID: 8799345] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar6. Glaser BG, Strauss AL. Awareness of Dying. Chicago: Aldine Publishing; 1965. Google Scholar7. Kubler-Ross E. On Death and Dying. New York: Macmillan; 1969. Google Scholar8. Weisman A. On Dying and Denying: A Psychiatric Study of Terminality. New York: Behavioral Publications; 1972. Google Scholar9. McCormick TR, Conley BJ. Patients' perspectives on dying and on the care of dying patients. West J Med. 1995;163:236-43. [PMID: 7571586] MedlineGoogle Scholar10. Barnard D, Boston P, Towers AM, Lambrinidou Y. Crossing over: Narratives of Palliative Care. New York: Oxford Univ Pr; 2000. Google Scholar11. Kuhl D. What Dying People Want: Practical Wisdom for the End of Life. New York: PublicAffairs; 2002. Google Scholar12. Herth K. Fostering hope in terminally-ill people. J Adv Nurs. 1990;15:1250-9. [PMID: 2269747] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar13. Quill TE, Cassel CK. Nonabandonment: a central obligation for physicians. Ann Intern Med. 1995;122:368-74. [PMID: 7847649] LinkGoogle Scholar14. Crawshaw R, Rogers DE, Pellegrino ED, Bulger RJ, Lundberg GD, Bristow LR, . Patient-physician covenant. JAMA. 1995;273:1553. [PMID: 7739086] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar15. Maguire P. Improving communication with cancer patients. Eur J Cancer. 1999;35:1415-22. [PMID: 10673972] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar16. Steinhauser KE, Christakis NA, Clipp EC, McNeilly M, McIntyre L, Tulsky JA. Factors considered important at the end of life by patients, family, physicians, and other care providers. JAMA. 2000;284:2476-82. [PMID: 11074777] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar17. Singer PA, Martin DK, Kelner M. Quality end-of-life care: patients' perspectives. JAMA. 1999;281:163-8. [PMID: 9917120] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar18. Heaven CM, Maguire P. Disclosure of concerns by hospice patients and their identification by nurses. Palliat Med. 1997;11:283-90. [PMID: 9373579] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar19. Quill TE. Recognizing and adjusting to barriers in doctor-patient communication. Ann Intern Med. 1989;111:51-7. [PMID: 2660647] LinkGoogle Scholar20. Quill TE, Brody H. Physician recommendations and patient autonomy: finding a balance between physician power and patient choice. Ann Intern Med. 1996;125:763-9. [PMID: 8929011] LinkGoogle Scholar21. Curtis JR, Wenrich MD, Carline JD, Shannon SE, Ambrozy DM, Ramsey PG. Understanding physicians' skills at providing end-of-life care perspectives of patients, families, and health care workers. J Gen Intern Med. 2001;16:41-9. [PMID: 11251749] MedlineGoogle Scholar22. Quill TE, Suchman AL. Uncertainty and control: learning to live with medicine's limitations. Humane Med. 1993;9:109-20. [PMID: 11656250] MedlineGoogle Scholar23. Meier DE, Back AL, Morrison RS. The inner life of physicians and care of the seriously ill. JAMA. 2001;286:3007-14. [PMID: 11743845] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar24. Lamont EB, Christakis NA. Prognostic disclosure to patients with cancer near the end of life. Ann Intern Med. 2001;134:1096-105. [PMID: 11412049] LinkGoogle Scholar25. Weeks JC, Cook EF, O'Day SJ, Peterson LM, Wenger N, Reding D, . Relationship between cancer patients' predictions of prognosis and their treatment preferences. JAMA. 1998;279:1709-14. [PMID: 9624023] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar26. Emanuel EJ, Young-Xu Y, Ash A, Gazelle G, Levinsky N, Moskowitz M. How much chemotherapy are cancer patients receiving at the end of life? [Abstract] Proceedings of the 37th Annual Meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology, San Francisco, CA; 1215 May 2001. Abstract no. 953. Google Scholar27. Shapiro A. The Vigil. Chicago: Univ of Chicago Pr; 1997. Google Scholar28. Waisel DB. The hazards of hanging crepe or stating overly pessimistic prognoses. J Clin Ethics. 2000;11:171-4. [PMID: 11056876] MedlineGoogle Scholar29. Siegler M. Remarks on crepe hangingor ethics in everyday practice. Am Med News. 1977;20:22. [PMID: 11664719] MedlineGoogle Scholar30. Kagawa-Singer M, Blackhall LJ. Negotiating cross-cultural issues at the end of life: You got to go where he lives. JAMA. 2001;286:2993-3001. [PMID: 11743841] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar31. Crawley L, Payne R, Bolden J, Payne T, Washington P, Williams S, . Palliative and end-of-life care in the African American community. JAMA. 2000;284:2518-21. [PMID: 11074786] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar32. Quill TE, Williamson PR. Healthy approaches to physician stress. Arch Intern Med. 1990;150:1857-61. [PMID: 2393317] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar33. Remen RN. Recapturing the soul of medicine: physicians need to reclaim meaning in their working lives. West J Med. 2001;174:4-5. [PMID: 11154646] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar Author, Article, and Disclosure InformationAffiliations: From Veterans Administration Puget Sound Health Care System, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington; University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; University of Rochester, Rochester, New York. Acknowledgments: The authors thank Dr. Susan Block for her helpful suggestions about the role of ambivalence. Grant Support: Drs. Back and Arnold are Faculty Scholars of the Project on Death in America. Dr. Arnold was also supported by the Greenwall Foundation, Ladies Hospital Aid Society of Western Pennsylvania, and the LAS Trust Foundation. Corresponding Author: Anthony Back, MD, Veterans Administration Puget Sound Health Care System, 1660 South Columbian Way S111, Seattle, WA 98108; e-mail, [email protected]washington.edu. Current Author Addresses: Dr. Back: Veterans Administration Puget Sound Health Care System, 1660 South Columbian Way S111, Seattle, WA 98108.Dr. Arnold: Section of Palliative Care and Medical Ethics, MUH 200 Lothrop Street 932, Pittsburgh, PA 15213.Dr. Quill: Palliative Care Program, University of Rochester School of Medicine, Box 601, 601 Elmwood Avenue, Rochester, NY 14642. PreviousarticleNextarticle Advertisement FiguresReferencesRelatedDetailsSee AlsoHope for the Best, and Prepare for the Worst James D. Brody Metrics Cited byThe New Oncologic Diagnosis Discussion: Perspectives of Pediatric OncologistsPalliative care in neurological diseaseImplementation of a palliative care intervention for patients with COPD – a mixed methods process evaluation of the COMPASSION study"I Am Not the Same Man…": A Case Report of Management of Post-COVID Refractory DyspneaOutcomes of Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors in Patients with Cancer and a Poor Performance Status #445Pitfalls and Prospects — Lessons Learned from Early Palliative Care ResearchTaking a Chance to Recover: Families Look Back on the Decision to Pursue Tracheostomy After Severe Acute Brain InjuryCommunication Strategies When Patients Utilize Spiritual Language to Hope for a Miracle #433Communication and Conflict Resolution – Managing Conversations. A Culturally Sensitive ModelUnd wenn der Krebs doch wiederkommt? – Palliative Situation und VerlustPrognostication in dementiaPalliative care and its own identity, through an autoethnography: do you recognize these patterns?Hopeful dying? The meanings and practice of hope in palliative care family meetingsAdvance care planning in adult congenital heart disease: Unique approaches for a unique population3. Practice and Benefits of Advance Care PlanningCommunication principles and practices for making shared decisions about renal replacement therapy: a review of the literatureDevelopment of the Oncolo-GIST ("Giving Information Strategically & Transparently") Intervention Manual for Oncologist Skills Training in Advanced Cancer Prognostic Information CommunicationHope-Colored Glasses: Perceptions of Prognosis Among Pediatric Oncology Patients and Their ParentsJCS/JHFS 2021 Statement on Palliative Care in Cardiovascular DiseasesThe experiences and needs of couples affected by prostate cancer aged 65 and under: a qualitative studyRoles and Responsibilities of Nurses in Advance Care Planning in Palliative Care in the Acute Care SettingAdvance Care Planning – Vorausschauende VersorgungsplanungIllness and prognostic understanding in patients with hematologic malignanciesModels of Palliative Care Delivery for Individuals with Cystic Fibrosis: Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Evidence-Informed Consensus GuidelinesNonbeneficial Intensive Care: Misalignments Between Provider Assessments of Benefit and Use of Invasive TreatmentsThe considerations, experiences and support needs of family members making treatment decisions for patients admitted with major stroke: a qualitative studyEnd-of-life decision making in the context of chronic life-limiting disease: a concept analysis and conceptual modelHoping for the best, planning for the worst: Palliative care approach to Parkinson disease during the COVID-19 pandemicEnd-of-Life Care among US Adults with ESKD Who Were Waitlisted or Received a Kidney Transplant, 2005–2014Identifying Goals of CareChapitre 23. Soins palliatifs en cancérologiePalliative Care in Lung CancerPalliative Care in MCS Patients: Insights into Current Practice and OutcomesEnd of life care for patients with meningiomaDecision-Making about the Place of Death for Cancer Patients: A Concept AnalysisThirty Years Later: An Oncologist Reflects on Kübler-Ross's WorkReply to Hope, optimism, and the importance of caregivers in end‐of‐life careAdding a Wider Range and "Hope for the Best, and Prepare for the Worst" Statement: Preferences of Patients with Cancer for Prognostic CommunicationEmotions in the room: common emotional reactions to discussions of poor prognosis and tools to address themThe Use of Expectancy and Empathy When Communicating With Patients With Advanced Breast Cancer; an Observational Study of Clinician–Patient ConsultationsThe Effects of Adding Reassurance Statements: Cancer Patients' Preferences for Phrases in End-of-Life DiscussionsFinding Hope and Healing When Cure Is Not PossiblePalliative Care in the Intensive Care Unit (ICU)PrognosticationKommunikation, Partizipation, PatientenorientierungAdvance directives from haematology departments: the patient's freedom of choice and communication with families. A qualitative analysis of 35 written documentsQu'écrivent les personnes atteintes d'hémopathies malignes dans leurs directives anticipées ? Analyse qualitative de 35 écritsSupporting Family Decision-making for a Child Who Is Seriously Ill: Creating Synchrony and ConnectionHospice Use and Palliative Care for Patients With Heart FailureNICU Communication: The Many Disguises of OpportunityCommunication skills training for healthcare professionals working with people who have cancerKeeping Expectations in Check With Immune Checkpoint InhibitorsSources of parental hope in pediatric oncology"How Much Time Do I Have?": Communicating Prognosis in the Era of Exceptional RespondersWhen a Patient Is Reluctant To Talk About It: A Dual Framework To Focus on Living Well and Tolerate the Possibility of DyingDistress Due to Prognostic Uncertainty in Palliative Care: Frequency, Distribution, and Outcomes among Hospitalized Patients with Advanced CancerThree big things in neuropalliative care: Communication, personhood and uncertaintyAddressing a Patient's Hope for a MiraclePalliative Care in the Intensive Care Unit (ICU)Goals of Care and Difficult ConversationsPalliative Care for Geriatric Psychiatric Patients with Life-Limiting IllnessHope in the Context of Pain and Palliative CareSuffering, Hope, and HealingEnd of Life SupportPalliative and End-of-Life CareA Proposed Model for Perinatal Palliative CareHope and Uncertainty in the Age of MiraclesREMAP: A Framework for Goals of Care ConversationsQualitative Study on the Perceptions of Terminally Ill Cancer Patients and Their Family Members Regarding End-of-Life Experiences Focusing on Palliative SedationHow should realism and hope be combined in physician–patient communication at the end of life? An online focus-group study among participants with and without a Muslim backgroundPharmacological Management of People Living with End-Stage Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary DiseaseThe Liminal and the ParallaxIs There Hope? Is She There? How Families and Clinicians Experience Severe Acute Brain InjuryPalliative Care in Liver Transplantation: When to Consult a SpecialistEarly Palliative Care for Patients with Advanced CancerPalliative Care and End-of-Life Considerations in Patients with PAH–CHDCommunicationFamily discussions on life-sustaining interventions in neurocritical careA Singular Hope: How the Discussion Around Cancer Surgery Sometimes FailsCommunicating prognostic uncertainty in potential end-of-life contexts: experiences of family membersDirectives anticipées en dermato-oncologie : situation actuelle et perspectivesUsing a supportive care framework to understand and improve palliative care among cancer patients in AfricaInadequate Palliative Care in Chronic Lung Disease. An Issue of Health Care InequalityPalliative Care in Liver Transplantation, When to Consult a SpecialistPalliative Care and the Dying PatientDeeper Conversations Need Not Wait Until the EndPalliative CareAssessing Goals of CarePalliative Care for Patients with End-Stage Liver DiseaseCommunications by Professionals in Palliative CareCommunication with Older, Seriously Ill PatientsTeaching Colleagues How to Discuss Prognosis as Part of a Hospital-Wide Quality Improvement Project: The Positive Impact of a 90-Minute WorkshopParents' Faith and Hope during the Pediatric Palliative Phase and the Association with Long-Term Parental AdjustmentParental Hope for Children With Advanced CancerBreaking Bad News and Discussing Goals of Care in the Intensive Care UnitImproving End-of-Life Care Prognostic DiscussionsRespect des volontés en fin de vie : étude de faisabilité d'une information sur la personne de confiance et les directives anticipéesFrom hope to hope: The experience of older Chinese people with advanced cancerPreferences of Patients With Parkinson's Disease for Communication About Advanced Care PlanningPalliative Care and Hospice in Patients with Advanced Cardiovascular DiseasePalliative Care in Liver Transplantation, When to Consult a SpecialistEnd-of-Life Care and Treatment Preferences Among Adults with Congenital Heart DiseaseThe Changing Role of Palliative Care in the ICUCurrent State of the Art and Science of Patient-Clinician Communication in Progressive Disease: Patients' Need to Know and Need to Feel KnownA Communication Framework for Dialysis Decision-Making for Frail Elderly PatientsFamilies and the transition to specialist palliative careDying with Dignity in the Intensive Care UnitPalliative and End-of-Life Care in StrokeSoins palliatifs en cancérologieFactors influencing patients' hope in stroke and spinal cord injury: A narrative reviewMedicolegal aspects of treatment on the Intensive Care UnitCommunicating About Prognosis: Ethical Responsibilities of Pediatricians and ParentsCommunication Between Doctor and Cancer PatientManaging brain metastases patientswith and without radiotherapy: initial lessonsfrom a team-based consult service through a multidisciplinary integrated palliative oncology clinicParent perceptions of early prognostic encounters following children's severe traumatic brain injury: 'Locked up in this cage of absolute horror'Trajectory of parental hope when a child has difficult-to-treat cancer: a prospective qualitative study"In the Beginning . . . "'I don't want to burden my family': handling communication challenges in geriatric oncologyPalliative care for people with heart failure: Summary of current evidence and future directionEnd-of-Life Care Discussions in Patients With Advanced CancerPatient's expression of hope and illness narratives in three neurological conditions: a meta-ethnographyAcute Lung Injury and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Requiring Tracheal Intubation and Mechanical Ventilation in the Intensive Care UnitCoping des patients atteints de cancer en phase palliative et communication médicaleThe Cultivation of Prognostic Awareness Through the Provision of Early Palliative Care in the Ambulatory Setting: A Communication GuideSurvival times of women with metastatic breast cancer starting first-line chemotherapy in routine clinical practice versus contemporary randomised trialsBreaking Bad News in Counseling: Applying the PEWTER Model in the School SettingLatent Classes of Prognosis Conversations in Palliative Care: A Mixed-Methods StudyImproving Oncology Nurses' Communication Skills for Difficult ConversationsBoth Maintaining Hope and Preparing for Death: Effects of Physicians' and Nurses' Behaviors From Bereaved Family Members' PerspectivesFamily involvement in the end-of-life decisions of competent intensive care patientsHope in the Context of Pain and Palliative CareSuffering, Hope, and HealingEthical Issues in Stroke PatientsBesonderheiten der pädiatrischen Palliativversorgung bei besonderen PatientengruppenWhat Is Known About Prognostication in Advanced Illness?What Special Considerations Are Needed for Treating Patients With Chronic Liver Disease?The meaning of cancer: implications for family finances and consequent impact on lifestyle, and Communication to hope is a Hope in the context of care Discussions for Patients With Life-Limiting Strategies for of the Kidney Disease by Elderly Patients and A Much a Family Meeting with an in with congenital heart disease: A for early of Patients with Ethical End-of-Life Issues in Patients with Lung Management and Palliative CareHope Is a and Decision The Need for a To Patient in Decision a need for pediatric palliative with Prognostic Disclosure of Families of Patients with Experiences of hope among cancer patients in palliative care planning in chronic disease: barriers and of about palliative care and end-of-life a of skills for care with heart a review and narrative Issues Among People Living With Advanced of Hope as a of Distress and Life in a of Cancer Hope and Prognostic Nurses' Perspectives on Their Role When Patients Life-Limiting and the of Hope in with Severe experience of the of in a When Discussing and Life with a A Is of qualitative study in neurological and hope: communication with in the for of and and Death: A of Dying Cancer Patients' Talk About care: on patient and family on and Practical to the Family a Decision in the in the practice of palliative of CarePalliative Care in Pediatric and Preparing for Death: Perspectives of Decision A. M. MD, MD, and B. MD, of in and Benefits of Early Phase Cancer What Do What Do Patients About Conversations at the End of Life Is the illness in the of of patients who in the intensive care Regarding Palliative and End-of-Life Care in Severe Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease or Advanced by and for end-of-life care in the intensive care A by the American of Care der pädiatrischen Palliativversorgung bei besonderen and Prognostic in a A for to the Care in Advanced of Palliative Care of communication skills for oncology advanced practice about Lung Transplantation: of Patients and about lung needs of patients and support and Discussing Death in the A of Physician care and end-of-life decision in and palliative care Understanding the of With Ill Patients and care for patients with chronic About Prognosis Between and of Children With Preferences and the Impact of Prognostic Care and Intensive Care Unit Care: Care and Intensive Care Unit Care: Intensive Care Unit Care care: evaluation in clinical at of with and with Families in Palliative Care: Not for a to improve palliative care: Advanced heart Clinical and On a of Palliative Care: A for and on and en de la of Chinese Cancer Patients of the and by Their about Palliative Care for Patients with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary or Not to Is the Pain When Pain and are family members with palliative care A qualitative and hope when the future with cancer patients and their Prognostic Communication With Advanced Cancer the End of the Relationship with Patients Who Are L. Back, MD, Robert M. Arnold, MD, James A. MD, MD, and A. Perceptions of and the of About the Communication Issues and issues to end‐of‐life careA conceptual framework for end-of-life care: A of influencing the of the about the of treatment and transition to palliative Years Later: An Oncologist Reflects on palliative and supportive care in advanced heart and Bad A Patient's for the Best, and Prepare for the D. Communication and Hope: Communication in Palliative Issues for the and Cancer and End-of-Life advanced care planning and of dying for people with of palliative care March Issue care March Issue March & by American of

Annals of Internal Medicine · case report · 366 citationsread the source →

Tumor Patients´ Perceived Changes of Specific Attitudes, Perceptions, and Behaviors Due to the COVID-19 Pandemic and Its Relation to Reduced Wellbeing.

Background: During the COVID-19 pandemic, the Working Group "Prevention and Integrative Oncology" (PRIO) in the German Cancer Society has initiated flash interviews and surveys. One of these stated increasing rates of fears and mental stress of tumor patients. Now we aimed to analyze whether tumor patients did perceive changes in their attitudes and behaviors related to their relationships, awareness of nature and quietness, interest in spiritual issues, or feelings of worries and isolation. A further point of interest was how these perceived changes could be predicted, either by meaning in life, spirituality as a resource to cope, perceived fears and worries, or particularly by their wellbeing. Materials and methods: Online survey with standardized questionnaires (i.e., WHO-Five Well-being Index (WHO5), Meaning in Life Questionnaire (MLQ), Spiritual and Religious Attitudes to cope with illness (SpREUK-15), Gratitude/Awe scale (GrAw-7)) among 292 tumor patients (72% men; mean age 66.7 ± 10.8 years; 25% < 60 years, 33% 60-70 years, 41% > 70 years) from Germany between May 6 to June 10, 2020. Results: Patients´ wellbeing (WHO5) scores were in the lower range (14.7 ± 6.0); 35% scored < 13, indicating depressive states. Wellbeing was significantly higher in older persons and lower in younger ones (F=11.1, p<.0001). Most were irritated by different statements about the danger and the course of the corona infection in the public media (60%), and 57% were worrying to be infected and to have a complicated course of disease. Because of the restrictions, patients noticed changes in their attitudes and behaviors (measured with the 12-item Perceptions of Change Scale): 1) Perception of nature and silence (Cronbach´s alpha = .82), 2) Worrying reflections and loneliness (Cronbach´s alpha = .80), 3) Interest in spirituality (Cronbach´s alpha = .91), 4) Intense relationships (Cronbach´s alpha = .64). These perceptions of change were similar in women and men, age groups and also with respect to tumor stages. Regression analyses revealed that the factor Perception of nature and silence was predicted best by patients´ ability to value and experience the 'wonder' of the present moment (in terms of wondering awe and gratitude) and by patients´ search for meaning in life. The factor Worrying reflections and loneliness was predicted best by their search for meaning in life and by feelings of being under pressure because of the Corona pandemic. Interest in spirituality was predicted best by search for an access to a spiritual source and by frequency of praying. Intense relationships were explained with weak predictive power by patients´ ability to reflect life concerns. Patients´ wellbeing during the Corona pandemic was predicted (R2 =.57) by a mix of disease and pandemic related stressor, and by available resources (meaning in life and religious trust). Conclusion: In this study among tumor patients from a secular society the topics meaning in life, having (religious) trust, stable relationships, mindful encounter with nature, and times of reflection were found to be of importance. To overcome tumor patients´ feelings of isolation, depressive states, and insecurity about future perspectives, further support is needed, particularly in their socio-spatial surrounding. These are the domains of psychotherapy and spiritual care. The planned integration of structured access to spiritual care seems to be important, not only for the field of cancer care. As the findings refer to patients´ self-perceptions, longitudinal studies are required to substantiate these perceived changes.

Frontiers in psychiatry · 32 citationsread the source →

Factors associated with mental health outcomes in a Muslim community following the Christchurch terrorist attack.

Background: On 15 March 2019, a white supremacist terrorist attacked two mosques in Christchurch, New Zealand. Fifty-one people were killed and another 40 sustained non-fatal gunshot injuries. Aims: To examine the mental health of the Muslim community, and individual and exposure-related factors associated with mental health outcomes. Method: This is the baseline analysis of a longitudinal study of adults from the Muslim community interviewed 11-32 months after the shootings. It included a diagnostic interview (MINI), measures of sociodemographic factors, prior mental health, prior traumatic events, exposure in the attacks, discrimination, life stressors, social support and religious coping. Logistic regression models examined associations with mental health outcomes. Results: The sample comprised 189 participants (mean age 41 (s.d. = 13); 60% female), and included: bereaved, 17% (n = 32); injured survivors 12% (n = 22); non-injured survivors, 19% (n = 36); family members of survivors, 35% (n = 67); and community members without the above exposures, 39% (n = 74). Overall, 61% had at least one mental disorder since the attacks. Those bereaved (P < 0.01, odds ratio 4.28, 95% CI 1.75-10.49) and survivors, whether injured (P < 0.001, odds ratio 18.08, 95% CI 4.70-69.60) or not (P < 0.01, odds ratio 5.26, 95% CI 1.99-13.89), had greater odds of post-traumatic stress disorder. Those bereaved (P < 0.001, odds ratio 5.79, 95% CI 2.49-13.46) or injured (P = 0.04, odds ratio 4.43, 95% CI 1.07-18.28) had greater odds of depression. Conclusions: Despite unique features of this attack on a Muslim population, findings accord with previous studies. They suggest generalisability of psychopathology after terror attacks, and that being bereaved or directly experiencing such events is associated with adverse mental health outcomes. Trial registration number: The study is registered on the Australian NZ Clinical Trials Registry (ACTRN12620000909921).

BJPsych open · 3 citationsread the source →

Effectiveness and tolerability of antifibrotics in rheumatoid arthritis-associated interstitial lung disease.

Objective: Our aim was to investigate the effectiveness and tolerability of antifibrotics in a real-world cohort of patients with rheumatoid arthritis-associated interstitial lung diseases (RA-ILD). Methods: In this retrospective cohort study, we identified RA-ILD patients initiating antifibrotics at Mass General Brigham Integrated Health Care System, a large multi-hospital healthcare system in Boston, MA, USA. We used electronic query to identify all patients with at least 2 RA diagnosis codes and a prescription for either nintedanib or pirfenidone (2014-2023). All analyzed patients met 2010 American College of Rheumatology/European Alliance of Associations for Rheumatology classification criteria for RA and had definite RA-ILD according to Bongartz criteria. Data regarding pulmonary function test (PFT) results, adverse events (AEs), tolerability, and clinical data were collected. A linear mixed model with random intercept was used to compare the within-patient trajectory of the percent predicted forced vital capacity (FVCpp) within 18-months before to 18-months after antifibrotic initiation among those with these PFT data. Lung transplant-free survival and drug retention was estimated in a Kaplan-Meier analysis and a Cox regression analysis was performed to identify independent baseline factors associated with lung transplant or mortality. Results: We analyzed 74 patients with RA-ILD that initiated antifibrotics (mean age 67.8 years, 53 % male); 40 patients initiated nintedanib and 34 initiated pirfenidone. Median follow-up was 89 weeks (min 4, max 387). There was a significant improvement in the estimated slope of FVCpp after antifibrotic initiation (-0.3 % per year after initiation compared to -6.2 % per year before antifibrotic initiation, p = 0.03). Nintedanib and pirfenidone had similar FVCpp trajectory. Twenty-six patients (35 %) died and 4 (5 %) had undergone lung transplantation during follow-up. Male sex and heavy smoking were each associated with the composite outcome of lung transplant or mortality. AEs were reported in 41 (55 %) patients, with gastrointestinal (GI) AEs being most common (n = 30). The initial antifibrotic was discontinued in 34 (46 %) patients mostly due to GI AEs (n = 19). The median drug retention time was 142 weeks (95 %CI 56, 262) with no difference between nintedanib and pirfenidone (p = 0.68). Conclusion: In this first real-world study of antifibrotic use dedicated to RA-ILD, antifibrotic initiation was associated with a modestly improved trajectory of FVCpp. AEs were frequently reported, particularly GI, and discontinuation was common. However, lung transplant and mortality rates were still high, emphasizing the need for further therapeutic strategies in patients with severe RA-ILD. These real-world data complement previous trial data that investigated efficacy and safety.

Seminars in arthritis and rheumatism · 32 citationsread the source →

Modifiable risk factors, cardiovascular disease, and mortality in 155 722 individuals from 21 high-income, middle-income, and low-income countries (PURE): a prospective cohort study.

Background: Global estimates of the effect of common modifiable risk factors on cardiovascular disease and mortality are largely based on data from separate studies, using different methodologies. The Prospective Urban Rural Epidemiology (PURE) study overcomes these limitations by using similar methods to prospectively measure the effect of modifiable risk factors on cardiovascular disease and mortality across 21 countries (spanning five continents) grouped by different economic levels. Methods: In this multinational, prospective cohort study, we examined associations for 14 potentially modifiable risk factors with mortality and cardiovascular disease in 155 722 participants without a prior history of cardiovascular disease from 21 high-income, middle-income, or low-income countries (HICs, MICs, or LICs). The primary outcomes for this paper were composites of cardiovascular disease events (defined as cardiovascular death, myocardial infarction, stroke, and heart failure) and mortality. We describe the prevalence, hazard ratios (HRs), and population-attributable fractions (PAFs) for cardiovascular disease and mortality associated with a cluster of behavioural factors (ie, tobacco use, alcohol, diet, physical activity, and sodium intake), metabolic factors (ie, lipids, blood pressure, diabetes, obesity), socioeconomic and psychosocial factors (ie, education, symptoms of depression), grip strength, and household and ambient pollution. Associations between risk factors and the outcomes were established using multivariable Cox frailty models and using PAFs for the entire cohort, and also by countries grouped by income level. Associations are presented as HRs and PAFs with 95% CIs. Findings: Between Jan 6, 2005, and Dec 4, 2016, 155 722 participants were enrolled and followed up for measurement of risk factors. 17 249 (11·1%) participants were from HICs, 102 680 (65·9%) were from MICs, and 35 793 (23·0%) from LICs. Approximately 70% of cardiovascular disease cases and deaths in the overall study population were attributed to modifiable risk factors. Metabolic factors were the predominant risk factors for cardiovascular disease (41·2% of the PAF), with hypertension being the largest (22·3% of the PAF). As a cluster, behavioural risk factors contributed most to deaths (26·3% of the PAF), although the single largest risk factor was a low education level (12·5% of the PAF). Ambient air pollution was associated with 13·9% of the PAF for cardiovascular disease, although different statistical methods were used for this analysis. In MICs and LICs, household air pollution, poor diet, low education, and low grip strength had stronger effects on cardiovascular disease or mortality than in HICs. Interpretation: Most cardiovascular disease cases and deaths can be attributed to a small number of common, modifiable risk factors. While some factors have extensive global effects (eg, hypertension and education), others (eg, household air pollution and poor diet) vary by a country's economic level. Health policies should focus on risk factors that have the greatest effects on averting cardiovascular disease and death globally, with additional emphasis on risk factors of greatest importance in specific groups of countries. Funding: Full funding sources are listed at the end of the paper (see Acknowledgments).

Lancet (London, England) · 1417 citationsread the source →

Psychosexual health in gynecological cancer

The literature surrounding psychosexual health and cancer patients has primarily considered the functional aspects of the disease and its treatment at the major expense of the emotional sequelae. Sexual health is defined by WHO as: "a state of physical, emotional, mental, and social well-being in relation to sexuality; it is not merely the absence of disease, dysfunction or infirmity. Sexual health requires a positive and respectful approach to sexuality and sexual relationships, as well as the possibility of having pleasurable and safe sexual experiences, free of coercion, discrimination and violence" [1]. A principle goal of WHO is to assist its member states in achieving the highest attainable standard of health care for all, including sexual and reproductive health [2]. Global statistics show that the world's female population is carrying an overwhelming burden of need in this area. Over 200 million women cannot access modern contraception, and millions of women suffer rape, domestic violence, and sexual abuse, not only in the context of wars and criminal activities, but also in their own homes [2]. Although the physical sequelae of these disasters can be treated, such as treatment for sexually transmitted infections, the emotional impact can frequently be hidden, ignored, or may not reveal its impact until many years after the event. Any illness or traumatic life event, past or present, can lead to sexual problems in the lifetime of a woman, and gynecological cancer is no exception. It is the root cause or trigger for sexual difficulties in at least 50% of women affected [3]. In 2012, the estimated number of women living with gynecological cancers was over three million, which means that potentially 1.5 million gynecological cancer survivors could be affected by an associated sexual difficulty [4]. Within the context of gynecological cancer, many of these problems can be alleviated if recognized and acknowledged early in the cancer journey, therefore contributing dramatic improvements to a woman's overall well-being. It is now estimated that half of the population of either sex will develop cancer at some time in their life. Globally, 40% − 45% of women will have a sexual problem at some stage, with the prevalence increasing with age [5]. Between 10% and 90% of women with any cancer will have sexual problems [6] and over 50% of women with gynecological cancer will have either temporary or persistent sexual difficulties [3]. As diagnosis and treatments improve, the number of women surviving cancer will increase, and survivorship issues including quality of life have become increasingly important. Sexuality is a key component of most subjective measurable quality of life indicators [7]. Sexual function and enjoyment are important components of survivorship and should not be ignored. The most common sexual problems can be divided into two groups: problems of function and/or problems of desire. There is, however, a complex interplay of organic disorders with emotional and psychosocial issues, and these divisions are merely artificial. Formal definitions of female sexual dysfunction have been adopted, including the US classifications in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders [8], although having a sexual difficulty does not constitute having a mental health disorder. Basson et al. [9] published a useful classification of the problems. Such classifications are useful for research purposes, but may often be less helpful when treating women. The predominant functional female sexual problem is pain on sexual intercourse, or dyspareunia. Deep dyspareunia describes intracoital pelvic pain, and superficial dyspareunia is pain on vaginal entry. Either could signify organic disease, and should be appropriately investigated. If no pathology is demonstrated, and the pain persists, then an emotional cause must be considered and pursued. Vaginismus, or involuntary spasm of the pubococcygeal and related musculature, can prevent sexual intercourse taking place. Good history taking can clarify whether there has been any penetration of the vagina, not only penile, but by fingers, sex toys, or tampons. If not, this is diagnostic of primary vaginismus, and apart from close inspection of the vulva and offer of gentle digital vaginal examination to determine the extent of the vaginismus, no further clinical investigation is warranted. Women with gynecological cancer are more likely to have secondary vaginismus caused by pain experienced from the disease or its treatment, and fear of the pain occurring during sex [10]. Loss of libido or loss of sexual interest on the other hand is a problem of desire. There are no physiological markers for loss of desire when its origins are psychogenic, with psychosocial contributions, past and present relationships, traumas, and emotional factors all inhibiting the woman's wish to be sexual. One of the key ways to determine the origins of the sexual difficulty is to ask about the sexual and emotional relationship between the woman and her partner before the cancer diagnosis. It should not be assumed that problems are all due to the cancer, as long-standing relationship problems may be disclosed, and need to be incorporated into any counselling. The exception to this is the woman who suddenly becomes menopausal following cancer treatment, who had no problems with sex or desire prior to her cancer therapy. Appropriate standard therapy for her menopausal symptoms should be considered; however, the impact of a cancer diagnosis will be life changing, and drug treatment of hormonal deprivation symptoms may not be sufficient without some psychological or counselling support, or may be contraindicated as in the case of breast and endometrial cancer [11]. A diagnosis of gynecological cancer is overwhelming. While the instinctive professional response from clinicians is to ensure long-term survival, sexual issues are important for quality of life and should be considered in the decision-making process [12]. Sexual dysfunction is one of the most common and distressing consequences of cancer treatment [13]. Many treatments are shown to have sexual impacts, both positive and negative, and should be discussed fully with the woman pre-treatment so that she can make an autonomous decision about her care. Early offer of discussion of sexual issues in the cancer journey can lead to better sexual outcomes. Cervical cancer is the most common gynecological cancer worldwide. Cervical cancer survivors are at risk of sexual pain disorders, no matter which modality of treatment is used. A small study of patients who underwent radical vaginal trachelectomy for early stage cervical cancer showed sexual dysfunction, including loss of libido, for up to one year following treatment; however, by 12 months, sexual activity had reached that of healthy women [14]. Following radical hysterectomy for locally advanced cervical cancer, there was no significant difference in sexual activity and enjoyment between women with benign or malignant disease; however, the cancer group had worse problems than healthy controls with body image and vaginal functioning [15]. In women with advanced cervical cancer given chemoradiotherapy, pain during intercourse was in fact reduced after treatment [16]. This may have been a result of the resolution of bleeding, discharge, and pelvic pain. However, the anxiety surrounding cancer remains for many women. Women surviving up to 15 years following cervical cancer treatment showed poorer quality of life than healthy controls, and those who had received radiotherapy were significantly more affected by sexual dysfunction than those who had surgery alone [17]. Despite this however, orgasm may be unimpaired following radiation [18]. Many additional needs were expressed by women with cervical cancer; however, sexuality and intimacy came to the fore as a predominant issue for survivorship [19]. It has been known for some time that the physical and emotional impact of ovarian cancer can be devastating, leading to sexual as well as global quality of life issues [20]. One study has shown a prevalence of 63% for sexual difficulties among women with a diagnosis of ovarian cancer [3]. The effects of chemotherapy and surgery, combined with the anxiety about survival can have a dramatic negative effect on the woman's libido, and even women who undertake risk-reducing salpingo-oophorectomy can suffer sexual dysfunction [21]. Many of these women are totally unprepared for the devastating effects of sudden menopause, with hot flushes, vaginal dryness, and loss of libido replacing a previously healthy sex life. This could be helped by more realistic counselling before the procedure, and increased postoperative emotional support. One study has shown that women who had surgery for endometrial cancer had no differences in their own sexual experience postoperatively, but compared with healthy controls, they had more sexual difficulties overall [22]. Women with Lynch syndrome who opt for preventive surgery tend to be happy overall with the surgery, but are often unprepared for the physical adverse effects of menopause [23]. In contrast, Moldovan et al. [24] has reported that, despite sometimes debilitating menopausal symptoms, there were no significant sexual difficulties associated with the procedure. Vulvectomy is a common treatment for vulvar malignancy. This is increasingly affecting younger women, who are HIV positive. Women with vulvar cancer can have many years of difficulties with sex due to often distressing vulvar symptoms and bleeding. Following treatment they still suffer severe dyspareunia and body image distortion due to the effects of treatment. Although a recent study showed no differences in psychosocial and sexual functioning before and after vulvectomy, it was acknowledged that women with vulvar malignancy have a high risk for sexual problems compared with healthy controls [25]. Factors associated with postoperative sexual difficulties are increased age, poor overall physical and mental health well-being, and extent of the surgical excision [25]. This often elderly group of patients is usually neglected from the psychosexual point of view. The majority of the literature related to sexuality and cancer stems from high-resource countries. Although most of these studies encompass all women, there is a lack of good published evidence on the treatment of the sexual sequelae of cancer in relation to ethnic minority groups, within a majority culture [26]. Furthermore, data from low- and middle-income countries are scant. Much of the literature focuses on sexual distress and activity in relation to HIV and AIDS which, of course, is a global priority; however, this focus on infection transmission should not take away from the emotional needs of the woman who suffers from gynecological cancer. Sexuality research around the globe must be perceived and researched in terms of cultural, spiritual, ethnic, and religious contexts. Sexual problems in women with gynecological cancer may be associated with adverse effects of surgical, hormonal, and chemical treatments, as well as by the cancer itself. Fortunately, emotional, sexual, and quality of life outcomes improve as less morbid, more minimally invasive surgical treatments for gynecological cancers develop [12]. Chemotherapy-induced ovarian failure in cancer patients is associated with all the possible symptoms of a sudden menopause, combined with the emotional impact not only of the cancer, but loss of physical well-being and fertility all at the same time. Vaginal dryness can be a major problem to those women who wish to have sex [27], and appropriate vaginal moisturizers and lubricants can help. The issue of vaginal estrogen is still debated, but should be discussed with the patient, weighing up the risk − benefit ratio for each individual. Vaginal estrogen will, in most cases, alleviate the dryness, but there may be concerns about using hormones, especially in relation to breast cancer where the evidence is unclear. The scientific data, however, support the safety of low dose vaginal estrogen therapy [28]. It is not well understood that following a few weeks of vaginal estrogen, the vagina thickens and cornifies and estrogen is not absorbed as a result. Newer treatments such as selective estrogen receptor modulators have been used in place of vaginal estrogen in women without cancer [29], and may prove good alternatives in the future [30]. There are non-hormonal vaginal moisturizers and lubricants to make sexual intercourse more comfortable. Unfortunately, some commercial sexual lubricants can be hyperosmolar and could cause epithelial disruption, facilitating HIV transmission [31]. Simple lubricants such as olive oil or liquid glycerin have been used successfully in interventions to alleviate pain on intercourse due to vaginal dryness, combining their use with physiotherapy and psychosexual counselling. Treatments with pelvic external beam radiotherapy and/or with brachytherapy may cause vaginal shortening, tightening, and lack of pliability. The use of vaginal dilators to overcome these complications is widespread, despite lack of conclusive evidence, either for or against, either with or without a coating of estrogen cream [32]. Unsurprisingly, the intrusion of inserting a plastic (or sometimes glass) tube into a tender vagina after treatment is a task that may carry a deep psychological and emotional impact [33], and will have resultant poor compliance. Radiation oncologists agree that information about dilator use should be given before treatment [34], and that sufficient patient information and support are essential to improve compliance. Sensitivity to emotions and women's views and personal values in relation to sexuality are essential supports to encouraging dilator use [35]. Any of the above problems cannot fail to have an emotional impact on the woman and on her partner. Many sexual difficulties are automatically blamed on the organic disruption caused by cancer and its treatments; however, once any clearly indicated treatments have been given, in a sizable proportion of cases, the sexual difficulty will remain unresolved. Many sexual difficulties are psychogenic, and no amount of skilled clinical treatments will help if not linked closely to appropriate counselling, psychological, or psychosexual therapy. This form of intervention will enable the woman to expose and reflect on her sexual difficulties, in the context of her life and relationship not only since the cancer, but beforehand. This is often a time when past problems, such as childhood abuse, or problems with her current partner will surface. Some partners are disgusted by the physical impacts of cancer, and the relationship will suffer. On the other hand, some partners become more supportive and the cancer leads to stronger relationships [36]. Classic psychosexual therapy, using brief, focused psychotherapeutic techniques is the mainstay of treatment. It can be used with an individual or a couple, of any sexual orientation or cultural or religious background. This is a way of listening reflectively to the patient, so that they can gain their own insights into their sexual problem. The issue of genital examination is considered if relevant, as it enables the woman to connect with her genital area, and may trigger deep-seated thoughts or anxieties that the woman had blocked emotionally. This, of course, is a technique used only by clinicians who are qualified to examine the patient [37]. Clinical psychologists and counsellors trained in psychosexual work also treat women with sexual problems. Globally, because the availability of trained personnel differs, many simple innovative treatment interventions have been tried. A brief intervention using a well-accepted treatment, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), combined with sexual health education had positive results on patients who had risk-reducing salpingo-oophorectomy [21]. Psychosexual interventions work [38], and like all psychodynamic interventions only require a trained counsellor and a means of allowing access to the patient. The internet has enabled access to health care for many people around the world who are not able to travel long and difficult land journeys to direct provision of health care. An online intervention with a professional moderator has proven acceptable to gynecological cancer patients with a sexual difficulty [39], and another internet-based sexual difficulties intervention with counselling sessions proved more successful in improving sexuality issues than without a counsellor; however, there was no difference between the two groups in relation to emotional distress and quality of life [40]. Elsewhere, telephone interventions are being used, also with some success; however, it is clear that the knowledge, skills, and training of the health professional providing the intervention are relevant to the patient outcome. Multidisciplinary care should form the backbone of treatment of sexual difficulties in women with gynecological cancer, incorporating physical, psychoeducational, and psychosexual input. Team discussions, including clinicians, psychosexual therapists, and physiotherapists are well within the capabilities of many cancer centers, remembering that the patient and her partner are the focal point and should always be consulted. It is impossible to diagnose and treat a sexual problem if one does not acknowledge that it exists. Many studies in the past have identified lack of willingness of doctors and nurses to discuss sex, but sadly recent research has shown that not much has changed. For instance, in a cohort sample of 1154 US obstetrician − gynecologists, 60% did not ask patients about sexual problems [41]. Too often clinicians make value judgements about their patients including whether sexuality is an important part of their lives. Such assumptions may include biases about age, appearance, sexual preferences, and marital status of people who have sex. People with cancer and their partners have unmet sexual information and support needs [42], often due to the unwillingness of healthcare professionals to discuss sexual issues, even though they recognize it may be important to the patient. There are many barriers to talking about sex, affecting both the patient and the clinician, such as cultural background, and age and gender discrepancies between doctor and patient. There may be simple barriers, such as lack of privacy in a consultation, as often cancer patients are accompanied by family or close friends. Patients often state that they feel it is trivial to take up the doctor's time with non-life-threatening issues such as sex. Clinicians often cite lack of training as a reason that they are uncomfortable talking about sex and poor provision of this training has been noted [13]. Different models of communication skills training have been used and those undertaking the training have shown greater empathy and were more inclined to use open questions [43]. This technique of speaking to the patient in an open rather than interrogative manner can easily facilitate discussion of intimate issues. An even greater challenge in communication is the recognition that individuals are sexual beings up to the end of life. To some women in the palliative phase, sexual touch and closeness to their partner is of vital importance. Sadly this is rarely recognized and addressed by palliative care physicians [44]. It is important to remember that a minority of the female population identifies as lesbian, and that about 8% of the population is bisexual. While this should make no difference to the quality of sexual health care they receive, lesbians and bisexuals find it difficult to disclose their sexuality to clinicians, often inhibited by their cultural or religious background, and fears of facing discrimination [45]. If the clinician asks the patient at the outset if they have a sexual partner, and whether the partner is male or female, it will greatly enhance the quality of the doctor − patient interaction. Lesbian partners in particular can be very supportive during the cancer journey, and should be given the opportunity to be present if the patient wishes. Despite the recognized need for treatment of sexual problems in menopause and gynecological cancer, there is poor provision of specialist training to ensure that this important area of service provision is met [46]. Undergraduate teaching is important, but it is only by recognizing psychosexual medicine in formal gynecology or oncology training, as a compulsory requirement of the course, that this situation will begin to be addressed. Innovative online programs [47] can make a major impact on global training opportunities and give trainees around the world an opportunity to gain some skills and insight into treating sexual difficulties in a nonjudgmental way. Owing to the global prevalence of sexual problems associated with gynecological cancer, it should be within every gynecologist's or oncologist's duty of care to the patient to be aware of and have some understanding of how to diagnose and facilitate treatment for sexual problems in a nonjudgmental manner. This is true holistic medicine, recognizing not only the cancer, but the woman behind the symptoms, and requires awareness of the emotional, social, and relationship aspects of the patient's life. The ability of any person to enjoy a sexual life free of coercion, shame, disease, or pain in a consensual manner is a fundamental element of the human rights of women, and should be an unequivocally accepted as part of her gynecological cancer care. To make a difference, even in the absence of expensive and sophisticated cancer treatments, just acknowledging, listening, and offering support to the woman with sexual difficulties related to cancer will ultimately have a major benefit to her quality of life. The author has no conflict of interest. Please note: The publisher is not responsible for the content or functionality of any supporting information supplied by the authors. Any queries (other than missing content) should be directed to the corresponding author for the article.

International Journal of Gynecology & Obstetrics · 17 citationsread the source →

Predictors of the transition from acute to persistent musculoskeletal pain in children and adolescents: a prospective study.

Strategies directed at the prevention of disabling pain have been suggested as a public health priority, making early identification of youth at risk for poor outcomes critical. At present, limited information is available to predict which youth presenting with acute pain are at risk for persistence. The aims of this prospective longitudinal study were to identify biopsychosocial factors in the acute period that predict the transition to persistent pain in youth with new-onset musculoskeletal (MSK) pain complaints. Participants were 88 children and adolescents (age 10-17 years) presenting to the emergency department (n = 47) or orthopedic clinic (n = 41) for evaluation of a new MSK pain complaint (<1 month duration). Youth presented for 2 study visits (T1 ≤1 month post pain onset; T2 = 4-month follow-up) during which they completed questionnaires (assessing pain characteristics, psychological factors, sleep quality) and participated in a laboratory task assessing conditioned pain modulation. Regression analyses tested T1 predictors of longitudinal pain outcomes (pain persistence, pain-related disability, quality of life [QOL]). Results revealed approximately 35% of youth had persistent pain at 4-month follow-up, with persistent pain predicted by poorer conditioned pain modulation and female sex. Higher depressive symptoms at T1 were associated with higher pain-related disability and poorer QOL at T2. Findings highlight the roles of depressive symptoms and pain modulation in longitudinally predicting pain persistence in treatment-seeking youth with acute MSK pain and suggest potential mechanisms in the transition from acute to chronic MSK pain in children and adolescents.

Pain · 100 citationsread the source →

Training health workers and community influencers to be Vaccine Champions: a mixed-methods RE-AIM evaluation.

Introduction: Increasing trust and confidence in vaccines is a global priority, as countries have grappled with delivering COVID-19 vaccines, maintaining routine childhood vaccination rates and introducing new vaccines. Community-based vaccine promotion interventions are commonly implemented, but effectiveness evidence is limited. In 2022, supported by the Australian Government and in partnership with Fiji's Ministry of Health and UNICEF, we codesigned, delivered and comprehensively evaluated a vaccine education and communication training programme for health workers and community influencers to promote COVID-19 and routine immunisation. Methods: The Vaccine Champions programme included three phases: (1) codesign with Fiji stakeholders; (2) vaccine education and communication training for Vaccine Champions and (3) support for Champions to deliver community vaccine discussion sessions over 6 months. The RE-AIM framework evaluation measured programme reach, effectiveness, adoption, implementation and maintenance. Mixed-methods data were collected through interviews, surveys and field notes, integrating qualitative and quantitative data to triangulate findings. Primary outcomes included Champions' knowledge, communication self-efficacy, trust in COVID-19 vaccines, programme satisfaction and community members' intention to vaccinate. Results: We trained 35 Champions (27/35 female), including health workers, faith and community influencers. Half had a health background (17/35). Champions conducted 54 discussion sessions, reaching 1717 community members. Most Champions (22/35) conducted at least 1 session, with 16 running 3 or more. Champions who did not run sessions reported barriers like lack of confidence and competing duties. Training increased Champions' communication self-efficacy and trust in COVID-19 vaccines. Community member intention to vaccinate increased from 41% (394/960) to 83% (822/991) before and after a session. The programme was well received with interest in continued engagement. Conclusion: Training health workers and community Vaccine Champions can promote vaccine confidence. Programmes require government support and engagement for sustainability. Robust evaluation frameworks are needed to build the evidence base.

BMJ global health · 12 citationsread the source →

Social inequalities in multimorbidity, frailty, disability, and transitions to mortality: a 24-year follow-up of the Whitehall II cohort study.

Background: Social inequalities in mortality persist in high-income countries with universal health care, and the mechanisms by which these inequalities are generated remain unclear. We aimed to examine whether social inequalities were present before or after the onset of adverse health conditions (multimorbidity, frailty, and disability). Methods: Our analysis was based on data from the ongoing Whitehall II cohort study, which enrolled British civil servants aged 35-55 years in 1985-88. Participants were assessed for three indicators of socioeconomic status (education, occupational position, and literacy) at age 50 years. Participants underwent clinical examinations (in 2002-04, 2007-09, 2012-13, and 2015-16) for assessment of frailty (two or more of low physical activity, slow walking speed, poor grip strength, weight loss, and exhaustion) and disability (two or more difficulties in bathing, dressing, going to the toilet, transferring, feeding, and walking). In addition, electronic health records were used to assess the incidence of multimorbidity (two or more of diabetes, coronary heart disease, stroke, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, depression, arthritis, cancer, dementia, and Parkinson's disease) and mortality. In analyses adjusted for sociodemographic factors, we used multistate models to examine social inequalities in transitions from healthy state to adverse health conditions and subsequently to mortality. Findings: Of 10 308 individuals in the Whitehall II study cohort, 6425 had relevant data available at 50 years and to the end of follow-up on Aug 31, 2017, and were included in our analysis. Participants were followed up for a median of 23·6 years (IQR 19·6-28·9). 1694 (26·4%) of 6425 participants developed multimorbidity, 1733 (27·0%) became frail, 692 (10·8%) had a disability, and 611 (9·5%) died. Multimorbidity (hazard ratio [HR] 4·12 [95% CI 3·41-4·98]), frailty (HR 2·38 [95% CI 1·93-2·93]), and disability (HR 1·73 [95% CI 1·34-2·22]) were associated with increased risk of mortality; these associations were not modified by socioeconomic status. In multistate models, occupation was the socioeconomic status indicator that was most strongly associated with inequalities in the transition from healthy state to multimorbidity (HR 1·54 [95% CI 1·37-1·73]), to frailty (HR 2·08 [95% CI 1·85-2·33]), and to disability (HR 1·44 [95% CI 1·18-1·74]). Socioeconomic status indicators did not affect transitions to mortality in those with multimorbidity, frailty, or disability. Interpretation: Socioeconomic status affects the risk of multimorbidity, frailty, and disability, but does not affect the risk of mortality after the onset of these adverse health conditions. Therefore, primary prevention is key to reducing social inequalities in mortality. Of the three adverse health conditions, multimorbidity had the strongest association with mortality, making it a central target for improving population health. Funding: UK Medical Research Council; National Institute on Aging, National Institutes of Health; British Heart Foundation.

The Lancet. Public health · 239 citationsread the source →

Pathophysiology of the risk factors associated with osteoporosis and their correlation to the T-score value in patients with osteopenia and osteoporosis in the United Arab Emirates

INTRODUCTION Osteoporosis is a bone disorder, characterized by loss of bone strength because of an imbalance between the bone resorption and the mechanisms of bone formation, leading to increased fragility and fractures. Pathophysiological mechanisms underlying this disorder include an inadequate formation response during the remodeling process of bone formation, which is an essential factor in osteoporosis pathogenesis. This inadequacy is due to the activation of large numbers of osteoclasts as a response to initiation of hematopoietic precursor cells with failure of normal interaction with the osteoblastic lineage. This will lead to excessive bone resorption that may result in complete loss of trabecular structure and loss of template for new bone formation. The time required for osteoblastic replacement is longer than the resorption phase of bone remodeling by osteoclasts. Therefore, any increase in bone remodeling will lead to damaged architecture and loss of bone mass.[1] Recently, it has been estimated that more than 200 million people worldwide have osteoporosis. On the basis of a statistics from the International Osteoporosis Foundation in 2017, one in five men and one in three women over the age of 50 years will experience fractures during their lifetime because of osteoporosis. Furthermore, it has been found that an osteoporotic fracture occurs every 3s, with the most common fractures occurring at the hip, spine, and wrist.[23] Osteoporotic fractures may be the first manifestation of the disease, which is why it is called a silent disease. Risk factors of osteoporosis, decreased bone mineral density (BMD), and increased fragility fractures may be modifiable or non-modifiable. Among the modifiable factors are low body mass index (BMI), vitamin D deficiency, low calcium intake, excessive caffeine and alcohol consumption, smoking, sedentary life and low physical activity, endocrine disorders (such as estrogen deficiency and insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus or hyperparathyroidism), some drugs (such as corticosteroids), and previous history of fragility fractures. The non-modifiable factors include female gender, family history, race, and early menopause.[45] According to the World Health Organization (WHO) diagnostic criteria, osteoporosis is diagnosed by BMD at the hip or spine, which is below the young normal mean reference population by 2.5 standard deviations (SDs) or more. This is called the T-score, and osteopenia is diagnosed by BMD less than or equal to 1 SD.[6] The guidelines for osteoporosis screening vary greatly in various publications. In general, most organizations recommend that all adults older than 50 years of age with a history of fracture must receive BMD screening.[7] Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) at the hip or spine is the best test for measuring central BMD. An association is present between the T-score values in DXA in patients with osteoporosis or osteopenia and the risk of fractures. A fracture risk assessment tool (FRAX) was designed. It is estimated that for every 1 SD decline in spine BMD, the risk of having a spine fracture increases 2.3 times and the risk of having a hip fracture increases 2.6 times.[89] As the most common bone disease in humans, the prevalence of osteoporosis is steadily increasing due to a growing elderly population, and thus represents a major public health concern with reduced bone strength and a higher risk of fractures.[68] The prevalence of osteoporosis is steadily escalating due to increased life expectancy as a result of developed health services. According to the 2016 WHO report, in the United Arab Emirates (UAE), life expectancy at birth for men was 76 years and for women it was 79 years.[10] The UAE population projection showed that in 2011, 7% of the population were 50 years of age or over and less than 1% were 70 years of age or over. By 2050, it is estimated that 12% of the population will be 50 years or over and 2% will be 70 years or over.[11] MATERIALS AND METHODS Study design The study was performed in accordance with the International Conference on Harmonisation Good Clinical Practice guidelines. Ethical approval number UG-H-18-11-7-10 was obtained from the Research Ethics Committee of the college. The study was conducted on a population sample of national and nonnational people in the UAE. Both men and women were recruited in the study. Data were collected from the patients in six governmental and private hospitals. Research tools A total of 200 male and female participants between the age of 25 and 80 years were recruited in the study. Eighty percent of the sample were women and 20% were men. After obtaining the required consent, each participant was asked to fill a structured questionnaire consisting of 25 questions, which was used as the primary tool for data collection. The questions were formulated both in Arabic and English, it required 3–4min to be completed. BMD of the participants was assessed in the International Radiology Centre and correlated with their data in the questionnaires. DXA scan was used for the measurement of BMD. Data collection and data analysis After ensuring strict confidentiality, data were collected between March 20, 2016 and May 20, 2016. The following information was obtained: Demographic data (gender, age, race, BMI, and occupation) Family history of osteoporosis or osteoporotic fractures Social history and lifestyle, physical activity, and exposure to the sun Dietary habits such as calcium, caffeine, and soft drinks intake Medical history of diseases and medicines. For female participants, number of pregnancies, lactation, and age at menopause were included The following criteria were used to evaluate osteoporosis: Normal BMD: if T-score between +2.5 and –1 Osteopenia: if T-score between –1 and –2.5 Osteoporosis: if T-score below –2.5 The filled questionnaires were coded and data were analyzed statistically using the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS) software (version 24; IBM Corporation, Newyork, USA). Spearman’s correlation test was carried out to assess the association between different variables in the study. A P value of less than 0.05 was considered significant. RESULTS Sociodemographic data The sociodemographic background of the study participants is listed in Table 1. A total of 200 participants were included in the study. The control group and the osteoporotic group consisted of 100 participants each, 20% of them were men, whereas 80% of the respondents were women. Table 1: Background demographic data of the respondentsBody mass index The patients with osteoporosis have significantly lower BMI than the control group (P < 0.05). Results showed that 72% of them have a BMI less than 25 kg/m2 (P < 0.05) [Table 2] [Figure 1].Table 2: Body mass index of the respondentsFigure 1: Body mass index (kg/m2) of the respondentsSmoking behavior Regarding smoking behavior, a significant value was evident between smoking and osteoporosis (P < 0.01) as 54% of the patients with osteoporosis were current smokers, whereas 72% of the controls had never smoked before [Table 3] [Figure 2].Table 3: Smoking behavior and intake of milk, coffee, and soft drinks by the respondentsFigure 2: Intake of milk and caffeine and smoking behavior by the respondentsDietary calcium intake The intake of milk and dairy products by the participants was used to assess the dietary calcium intake. The patients with osteoporosis have a significant low calcium intake (P < 0.01), whereas non-osteoporotic control significantly consume more milk and dairy products (P < 0.01). A positive correlation was found between the intake of milk and dairy products and the T-score value of the participants (P < 0.05) [Table 3] [Figures 2 and 3].Figure 3: Correlation between milk intake and T-score in patients with osteoporosisCaffeine consumption Caffeine intake was evaluated in this study by the amount of coffee, tea, or soft drinks consumed by the participants each day. The results showed that the patients with osteoporosis significantly consume more caffeine (P < 0.01). A negative correlation is present between the amount of caffeine intake and T-score value of the participants (P < 0.05) [Table 3] [Figures 2, 4, and 5].Figure 4: Correlation between tea/coffee intake and T-score in patients with osteoporosisFigure 5: Correlation between soft drinks intake and T-score in patients with osteoporosisExercise behavior and exposure to the sun Results showed a significant positive correlation between the duration of exercise and the T-score value of the participants (P < 0.05) [Table 4] [Figure 6].Table 4: Exercise behavior and exposure to sun of the respondentsFigure 6: Correlation between exercise duration and T-score in patients with osteoporosisRegarding the exposure to the sun, the results showed that 96% of the patients with osteoporosis were exposed to the sun for less than 15min, three to four times a week or not exposed at all, whereas most of the normal controls (72%) exposed their bodies to the sun for 16–30min/day, three to four times a week [Table 4] [Figure 7].Figure 7: Sun exposure behavior of the respondentsDiseases and medications Results of the study revealed that 46% of the patients with osteoporosis were diabetic, 42% of them were treated by antidiabetics, 18% had arthritis and 38% had been treated previously by corticosteroids [Table 5].Table 5: Distribution of patients with osteoporosis by their diseases and medicationsNumber of pregnancies and breastfeeding Female participants constituted 80% of the study sample, 75% of the females with osteoporosis were menopausal, 75% of them had three or more pregnancies, and 82.5% of them breastfed their children, whereas these values for the control group participants are 30%, 28%, and 33%, respectively. Results showed a significant positive correlation between the age at menopause and the T-score value of females with osteoporosis (P < 0.05) [Table 6] [Figure 8]. The distribution of patients according to the joint affected by Osteoporosis or Osteopenia is shown in [Figure 9] and [Table 7].Table 6: Distribution of female patients with osteoporosis by number of pregnancies and breastfeedingFigure 8: Correlation between age at menopause and T-score in female patients with osteoporosisFigure 9: Distribution of patients having osteopenia or osteoporosis in wrists, hips, or spineTable 7: Distribution of patients having osteoporosis and/or osteopenia in hips, wrists, and spineDISCUSSION To maintain normal bone structure, a remodeling process that consists of osteoclasts, removing old bone, and osteoblasts, synthesizing new bone, occurs. Hematopoietic progenitors produce osteoclasts, whereas mesenchymal stem cells called marrow stromal fibroblasts produce osteoblasts. This process is controlled by certain circulating hormones, growth factors, and locally produced cytokines through their effects on apoptosis of osteoblasts and osteoclasts. Estrogen deficiency or glucocorticoid excess leads to bone loss because of changes in the production of bone cells. This is caused by the prolongation of the life span of osteoclasts and the shortening of the life span of osteoblasts. On the contrary, drugs that aim to treat or prevent osteoporosis prevent apoptosis of osteoblasts and/or stimulate the apoptosis of osteoclasts.[12] The pathogenesis of osteoporosis is the consequence of various hormonal, genetic, dietary, lifestyle, and physical factors. Genetic factors mainly affect the BMD and bone formation, whereas low levels of estrogen increase parathyroid hormone, and local cytokines are mainly responsible for bone remodeling imbalance.[13] Age and gender In this study, 76% of the patients with osteoporosis were women at or above 50 years of age. Osteoporosis is usually considered a disease of the elderly with low BMD. In a recent study, most of the patients with osteoporosis were in the age groups of 45–49 and 50–54 years.[14] Previous studies showed that women were at an increased risk of developing osteoporosis because of their faulty behavior of physical inactivity, sun-avoidance behavior, low intake of dairy products, and poor diets.[151617] Body mass index The results of this study showed a significant number of patients of osteoporosis with BMI <25 kg/m2, where P < 0.05. Women that have low BMI are at a higher risk of developing osteoporosis. It is reported that one unit change in BMI has a larger effect on the risk of developing osteoporosis than most other modifiable risk factors. To help reduce the risk of osteoporosis, patients should be advised to maintain a weight within the normal range.[1516] The risk of osteoporotic fractures increases in adults who have low BMI of less than 20 kg/m2.[18] On the contrary, patients who are obese (BMI >30 kg/m2) are also at a high risk of developing osteoporosis and fractures because of the risk of repeated falls and the weakness of the skeletal muscles due to loss of its mass as a result of aging.[19] Exercise and physical activity The results of this study showed a significant correlation between the exercise time and the T-score value. Previous studies concluded that physical activity and exercises stimulate skeletal growth and bone strength.[45] Estrogen Estrogen deficiency has a critical effect on the pathogenesis of osteoporosis. The results of this study showed a significant positive correlation between the age at menopause and the T-score value of the female patients. Estrogen has a crucial role in bone formation and physiology. It stimulates the production of T cell cytokines, affects the osteoblastic cell by altering its production of receptor activator of nuclear factor-Kappa B ligand (RANKL) or Osteoprotegerin (OPG), inhibits the differentiation of osteoclasts by direct action, and stimulates the formation of bone performed by osteoblasts and osteocytes, which allows them to enhance their ability to respond to mechanical forces.[2021] Estrogen produces its effect through a specific cell surface receptor called the estrogen receptor alpha (ERα). This receptor binds and then transports estrogen into the nucleus of the cell where certain genes are then activated by the receptor–hormone complex. ERα receptors and estrogen receptor–related receptor alpha (ERRα) are found on the surface of osteoblasts. ERRα may play a supporting role in the regulation of bone cells.[22] Previous studies also suggest that sex hormone–binding globulin may play a significant role in regulating bone cells as well because it facilitates entry of estrogen into cells.[23] Because of the natural drop of estrogen level in postmenopausal women, they are at the highest risk of developing osteoporosis. A previous study showed that it is an increase in bone resorption that might be the driving force for bone loss during estrogen deficiency in postmenopausal women not impaired bone formation as was previously thought.[1] However, other studies indicated that both markers of bone resorption and formation also increased, leading to accelerated bone remodeling at menopause.[2425] Calcium intake and vitamin D Calcium and vitamin D are two pivotal contributors of bone formation and mineralization. The results of this study showed that the patients with osteoporosis have a significant low calcium intake, whereas controls significantly consume more milk and dairy products (P < 0.01). This significant result showed the importance of calcium intake. Results also established a positive correlation between calcium intake and the T-score value of the participants. Vitamin D plays an important role in maintaining calcium homeostasis and bone integrity as it is essential for intestinal calcium absorption.[26] It is estimated that over one billion people around the world have vitamin D deficiency.[2728] Sun exposure is considered as the source of vitamin D, the present results showed a significant value (P < 0.01) as 74% of the patients with osteoporosis exposed their bodies to the sun for 5min or less, three to four times per week, whereas 72% of controls exposed their bodies to the sun for 15–30min, 3 to 4 times a week. A previous study conducted in the UAE showed that 58.2% of the UAE nationals were vitamin D deficient compared to 45% of the patients from other nationalities.[29] In spite of living in sunny areas, such as UAE, Saudi Arabia, and India, young populations have a high prevalence of vitamin D deficiency because of insufficient knowledge and practice of vitamin D and its health implications.[3031] Decreased blood calcium level will lead to secondary hyperparathyroidism. This decrease may result from impaired intestinal calcium absorption due to vitamin D deficiency, aging, or other diseases. Calcitriol, the active form of vitamin D, stimulates the intestinal absorption of calcium and phosphorus. It has an inhibitory effect on the synthesis of parathyroid hormone as well. Therefore, calcitriol deficiency will lead to secondary hyperparathyroidism as well.[32] There is a clear evidence that the risk of having an osteoporotic fracture increases when vitamin D levels are below 50 nmol.[3334] However, a recent study showed that pathological macrophages produced by vitamin D receptor signaling play an important role in the development of myelofibrosis.[35] Smoking The results of this study showed that nicotine has a significant effect on the incidence of osteoporosis (P < 0.01). Smoking has been identified as a modifiable risk factor for low BMD and increased osteoporotic fracture risk.[3637] Smoking behavior should be evaluated when assessing the fracture risk and FRAX.[1638] The role of smoking in decreasing BMD is complicated; smoking is shown to be associated with other risk factors for osteoporosis such as decreased physical activity, low BMI, and poor diet.[38] Nicotine has both direct and indirect effects on BMD. The direct effect is on bone cell proliferation and is described to be biphasic, small doses have a stimulatory effect, whereas toxic large doses have an antiproliferative effect on the proliferation of osteoblasts.[39] This effect on osteoblasts is receptor mediated by the nicotinic acetylcholine receptors, where nicotine in low doses upregulates gene expression of alkaline phosphatase, type 1 collagen, and osteocalcin.[40] Nicotine produces an increased level of tumor necrosis factor α (TNFα) secretion that reduces bone formation by osteoblasts and increases bone resorption by osteoclasts. TNFα has a powerful osteoclastogenic effect through its stimulating effect on RANKL production and by intensifying osteoclasts production.[41] It is strongly supported that RANK/RANKL/OPG systems have a role in regulating bone resorption and the formation of osteoclasts.[42] The main predisposing factor for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) has been found to be smoking. The most important factor in managing COPD continues to be the termination of smoking.[43] It has been shown in numerous studies that smokers with COPD have elevated levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines in the form of interleukin-6. In addition, TNFα levels are much higher in COPD smokers than in asymptomatic smokers. This indicates that COPD affects local and systemic inflammatory responses, which in turn affects bone remodeling.[4445] Nicotine has an indirect effect on BMD, which is caused by releasing calcitropic hormones and glucocorticoids, which leads to an increase in bone resorption.[43] Furthermore, smoking has been linked to an increase in the level of cortisol[4446] as well as a decrease in the level of estradiol.[47] Nicotine also harms intestinal calcium absorption, which might lessen the effectiveness of dietary calcium supplements.[48] Also, toxic carcinogenic metabolites of nicotine have also been found to increase osteoclast formation in rats.[49] Moreover, one hip fracture in eight postmenopausal women with osteoporosis is attributable to smoking. This correlation could not be explained by early menopause, low BMI, lower levels of exercise, or by the actions of nicotine on estrogen. This indicates that there is an independent negative effect of nicotine on BMD, which means that smokers lose bone at a faster rate than nonsmokers.[50] CONCLUSION Prevalence of osteoporosis is high in the UAE and is expected to grow due to increased life expectancy and faulty lifestyle of inadequate dietary habits, sun exposure, exercise behavior, and smoking. More intervention should be directed toward changing the modifiable risk factors in the patients with osteoporosis, and more studies should be directed toward osteoporosis in the UAE. Limitations of the study To make the study a polycentric research, it would require greater number of participants from all the emirates of the UAE. Financial support and sponsorship This work is self-funded by the authors. Conflicts of interest There are no conflicts of interest.

Journal of Pharmacy And Bioallied Sciences · 11 citationsread the source →

Measuring progress from 1990 to 2017 and projecting attainment to 2030 of the health-related Sustainable Development Goals for 195 countries and territories: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2017.

Background: Efforts to establish the 2015 baseline and monitor early implementation of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) highlight both great potential for and threats to improving health by 2030. To fully deliver on the SDG aim of "leaving no one behind", it is increasingly important to examine the health-related SDGs beyond national-level estimates. As part of the Global Burden of Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors Study 2017 (GBD 2017), we measured progress on 41 of 52 health-related SDG indicators and estimated the health-related SDG index for 195 countries and territories for the period 1990-2017, projected indicators to 2030, and analysed global attainment. Methods: We measured progress on 41 health-related SDG indicators from 1990 to 2017, an increase of four indicators since GBD 2016 (new indicators were health worker density, sexual violence by non-intimate partners, population census status, and prevalence of physical and sexual violence [reported separately]). We also improved the measurement of several previously reported indicators. We constructed national-level estimates and, for a subset of health-related SDGs, examined indicator-level differences by sex and Socio-demographic Index (SDI) quintile. We also did subnational assessments of performance for selected countries. To construct the health-related SDG index, we transformed the value for each indicator on a scale of 0-100, with 0 as the 2·5th percentile and 100 as the 97·5th percentile of 1000 draws calculated from 1990 to 2030, and took the geometric mean of the scaled indicators by target. To generate projections through 2030, we used a forecasting framework that drew estimates from the broader GBD study and used weighted averages of indicator-specific and country-specific annualised rates of change from 1990 to 2017 to inform future estimates. We assessed attainment of indicators with defined targets in two ways: first, using mean values projected for 2030, and then using the probability of attainment in 2030 calculated from 1000 draws. We also did a global attainment analysis of the feasibility of attaining SDG targets on the basis of past trends. Using 2015 global averages of indicators with defined SDG targets, we calculated the global annualised rates of change required from 2015 to 2030 to meet these targets, and then identified in what percentiles the required global annualised rates of change fell in the distribution of country-level rates of change from 1990 to 2015. We took the mean of these global percentile values across indicators and applied the past rate of change at this mean global percentile to all health-related SDG indicators, irrespective of target definition, to estimate the equivalent 2030 global average value and percentage change from 2015 to 2030 for each indicator. Findings: The global median health-related SDG index in 2017 was 59·4 (IQR 35·4-67·3), ranging from a low of 11·6 (95% uncertainty interval 9·6-14·0) to a high of 84·9 (83·1-86·7). SDG index values in countries assessed at the subnational level varied substantially, particularly in China and India, although scores in Japan and the UK were more homogeneous. Indicators also varied by SDI quintile and sex, with males having worse outcomes than females for non-communicable disease (NCD) mortality, alcohol use, and smoking, among others. Most countries were projected to have a higher health-related SDG index in 2030 than in 2017, while country-level probabilities of attainment by 2030 varied widely by indicator. Under-5 mortality, neonatal mortality, maternal mortality ratio, and malaria indicators had the most countries with at least 95% probability of target attainment. Other indicators, including NCD mortality and suicide mortality, had no countries projected to meet corresponding SDG targets on the basis of projected mean values for 2030 but showed some probability of attainment by 2030. For some indicators, including child malnutrition, several infectious diseases, and most violence measures, the annualised rates of change required to meet SDG targets far exceeded the pace of progress achieved by any country in the recent past. We found that applying the mean global annualised rate of change to indicators without defined targets would equate to about 19% and 22% reductions in global smoking and alcohol consumption, respectively; a 47% decline in adolescent birth rates; and a more than 85% increase in health worker density per 1000 population by 2030. Interpretation: The GBD study offers a unique, robust platform for monitoring the health-related SDGs across demographic and geographic dimensions. Our findings underscore the importance of increased collection and analysis of disaggregated data and highlight where more deliberate design or targeting of interventions could accelerate progress in attaining the SDGs. Current projections show that many health-related SDG indicators, NCDs, NCD-related risks, and violence-related indicators will require a concerted shift away from what might have driven past gains-curative interventions in the case of NCDs-towards multisectoral, prevention-oriented policy action and investments to achieve SDG aims. Notably, several targets, if they are to be met by 2030, demand a pace of progress that no country has achieved in the recent past. The future is fundamentally uncertain, and no model can fully predict what breakthroughs or events might alter the course of the SDGs. What is clear is that our actions-or inaction-today will ultimately dictate how close the world, collectively, can get to leaving no one behind by 2030. Funding: Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.

Lancet (London, England) · 333 citationsread the source →

Atypical Antipsychotics: CATIE Study, Drug-Induced Movement Disorder and Resulting Iatrogenic Psychiatric-Like Symptoms, Supersensitivity Rebound Psychosis and Withdrawal Discontinuation Syndromes

Chronic illness can result in chronicity of clinical practice. As we have moved away from prescribing classical antipsychotics and tricyclic antidepressants, issues remain with the use of atypical antipsychotics and second-generation antidepressants that need to be addressed, namely, iatrogenic discontinuation syndromes and supersensitivity psychiatric symptoms. An optimal maintenance drug treatment consists of regular attempts to reduce the dose by finding a minimal therapeutic dose, regularly asking the question of when to reduce or withdraw treatment and for which patients, and moreover, why it is difficult to decrease a given drug treatment. Recently, Falloon [1] proposed that maintenance pharmacotherapy in schizophrenia will depend on finally finding minimally effective doses through ‘extensive training in stress management’. In the long-term treatment of major depression, Fava [2] has hypothesized that antidepressants can aggravate the course of depressive illness. Lambert [3] recently suggested that ‘antipsychotic-switching syndromes’, which include discontinuation syndromes, are a ‘major barrier’ to adjusting antipsychotic treatment. In this paper, we propose that to achieve optimal maintenance treatment with antipsychotics, and to reduce or withdraw antipsychotics effectively, we must distinguish syndromes associated with discontinuing antipsychotics, such as supersensitivity psychosis, from true relapse. While the prevalence and incidence of drug-induced movement disorder(s) (DIMD) has continuously decreased with atypical antipsychotics, DIMD persist as do psychiatric and psychiatric-like symptoms associated with DIMD, and these must also be identified and evaluated. Persistent DIMD have been found to be a predictor of the later emergence of tardive dyskinesia (TD) and supersensitivity psychosis [4]. At present, we need to determine the relative risk of iatrogenic discontinuation syndromes, DIMD and DIMD psychiatric symptoms resulting from atypical antipsychotics. Although atypical antipsychotics are now most commonly prescribed, a debate has emerged on the differences between classical and atypical antipsychotics following the results of the Clinical Antipsychotic Trials of Intervention Effectiveness (CATIE) study [5]. The question that comes to the forefront is why recent studies are no longer finding well-established differences between these two generations in terms of efficacy and DIMD. Reasons to explain why recent schizophrenia studies have found reduced drug and placebo differences were examined at the International Society for CNS Clinical Trials and Methodology Annual Mid-Year Conference [6]. While the fact must be considered that patients included in recent studies have less severe illness with symptoms that are better controlled than in past studies (likely due to earlier treatment), the issue that psychiatric symptoms specific to schizophrenia are not being adequately measured nor differentiated from psychiatric and psychiatric-like symptoms associated with DIMD is crucial to answering this question. For example, it is hard to believe that in a recent review of psychomotor slowing in schizophrenia, the authors, when evaluating its effect on measurement and treatment research to improve cognition in schizophrenia (MATRICS), nearly completely ignored the influence of akinesia and DIMD on neuropsychological tests in schizophrenia and the importance of accurate DIMD measurements [7]. As we pursue this ongoing discussion, we recommend the discontinuation of all classical antipsychotics due to their neurotoxic association with a high prevalence of DIMD and increases in basal ganglia volumes [8], and now address how to prescribe atypical antipsychotics most effectively, by taking into account DIMD-associated psychiatric symptoms and iatrogenic discontinuation syndromes. The first widely prescribed atypical antipsychotic, risperidone, was first approved in Canada in 1993 following the publication of the Canadian Multicenter Risperidone Study, which reported clear advantages of risperidone over haloperidol and the placebo, and significantly less appearance of DIMD with risperidone than haloperidol [9]. DIMD includes the 4 types of movement disorders induced by antipsychotics: parkinsonism, dystonia, dyskinesia and akathisia [10]. These findings were confirmed by the American Risperidone Study [11] and several other studies reporting greater efficacy of risperidone over classical antipsychotics in terms of cost-efficiency [12] and the clinical management of patients with schizophrenia [13,14,15,16,17]. However, the CATIE study [5] challenged these results. The CATIE study found that of the 4 atypical antipsychotics studied, olanzapine was the only atypical to be more efficacious than the classical antipsychotic perphenazine, and to be highly superior to risperidone for discontinuation of treatment, due to lack of efficacy [5]. Olanzapine is known to produce less DIMD compared to risperidone, therefore one would expect psychiatric symptoms caused by DIMD to be less frequent with olanzapine than risperidone. The expected higher rate of DIMD-induced emergent psychiatric symptoms associated with risperidone would explain the CATIE results, showing risperidone to be significantly less efficacious than olanzapine [5], despite risperidone being known to be at least as efficacious as olanzapine for true schizophrenic symptoms. Furthermore, the rating scales used to measure DIMD did not find the well-established differences between the 5 antipsychotics for DIMD rates [5]. Thus, we propose that DIMD and DIMD-induced psychiatric symptoms were confounded with true schizophrenic symptoms in the CATIE study. DIMD-associated psychiatric symptoms could be classified into 3 types: (1) emergent psychiatric symptoms caused by DIMD, such as akinesia inducing depression, akathisia inducing anxiety; (2) iatrogenic psychiatric-like symptoms resulting from confounding DIMD with psychiatric symptoms, such as akinesia confounded with psychomotor retardation, akathisia with agitation; (3) supersensitivity psychosis symptoms associated with DIMD. In the CATIE study, quetiapine (mean dose = 543.4 mg/day), which shares a low rate of DIMD with olanzapine, was also found to be significantly less efficacious compared to olanzapine, but in contrast to risperidone, this lack of efficacy could be due to psychiatric symptoms related to supersensitivity psychosis explained by quetiapine’s loose binding properties at the D2 receptor [18]. Patients taking quetiapine had a completion rate of 18% out of 329 patients, whereas in our 3-year prospective study of quetiapine monotherapy with a lower mean dose of 487 mg/day (thus less likely to develop therapeutic tolerance), the completion rate was 21.7% out of 23 patients; 6 of 7 patients who relapsed, after a minimum 3 months of stabilized quetiapine treatment, met the criteria for supersensitivity psychosis [19]. Without distinguishing these DIMD-associated psychiatric symptoms from symptoms due to the original illness, the major impact of atypical antipsychotics is on the reduction of DIMD and TD [10, 20,] and their beneficial effects on psychosis are masked by DIMD emergent psychiatric symptoms, including supersensitivity psychosis. We will review 4 multicenter trials, which include a total of 14,497 patients, to illustrate how psychiatric and schizophrenic symptoms are confounded with DIMD-associated psychiatric symptoms.TD epidemiology has changed significantly since the introduction of atypical antipsychotics, with a constant decline in its prevalence [10]. TD, classified as a DIMD, is a hyperkinetic, involuntary and purposeless movement disorder [10, 20]. Considered as the most significant side effect of classical antipsychotics, TD has been associated with antipsychotics and gastrointestinal neuroleptics, and usually occurs after several years of treatment. Persistent TD can also occur after short-term exposure to classical antipsychotics and gastrointestinal neuroleptics even at low doses and for as few as 2 months [8,21,22,23], while reversible and withdrawal dyskinesias share properties with levodopa-induced dyskinesia [24]. We conducted several epidemiological studies of TD [4,25,26,27] and in 1975, using the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) psychopharmacology criteria, we found a 31% prevalence of TD in 261 outpatients with schizophrenia [25]. We also evaluated these patients according to the Schooler and Kane research diagnostic criteria and found a 22% prevalence of TD. This variability of findings related to defining criteria complicates comparisons across studies [10]. In a 5-year follow-up study of 169 of the same patients [4, 25], 45% met the research diagnostic criteria for TD. In 1975, 131 of the 261 patients did not meet the research diagnostic for TD, and in 1980 treatment-emergent TD was found in 46 of the patients who did not have it in 1975, for a 5-year cumulative incidence rate of 35% and a mean annual incidence rate of 8.4%. When corrected for remissions, the mean annual incidence rate decreased to 2.9%. This incidence rate, which includes both patients who developed and remitted from TD over time, is similar to results found by other studies during the same time period [28, 29]. The cumulative incidence of treatment-emergent TD in the study by Kane et al. [29] was 12% after 4 years and 40% after 8 years of neuroleptic exposure, which is similar to our finding of an annual incidence rate (corrected for remissions) of 3% for classical antipsychotics. In a study carried out in 130 lithium-treated affective disorder patients previously, but less, exposed to antipsychotics, we found a TD prevalence of 9.2% [26], which was a quarter of the incidence reported in our previous studies on patients with schizophrenia who had greater exposure to antipsychotics. In this time period of classical antipsychotics, 2 meta-analyses (including mostly patients with schizophrenia) reported mean TD prevalences of 23% [30] and 20% [31]. In view of the fact that 58% of patients treated with classical antipsychotics will develop treatment-emergent TD after 10–15 years of treatment [4], and the known beneficial neuroprotective effects of atypical antipsychotics on TD [32] and on increased basal ganglia volumes induced by classical antipsychotics [8], we recommend the discontinuation of all classical antipsychotics due to their neurotoxic effects. In the time period of both classical and atypical antipsychotics, the following multicenter studies (n = 3,753) evaluated the incidence and prevalence of TD, using the same definitions, Extrapyramidal Symptom Rating Scale [20] and training videotapes as in the previous time period. In the first study, an annual TD incidence of 0.68% was reported prospectively in 725 patients with schizophrenia, treated with the long-acting injectable atypical antipsychotic risperidone [27, 33]. Treatment-emergent TD was found in 12 of 587 patients without dyskinesia at the baseline [33]; however, expert case assessment determined 7 cases (1.19%) of withdrawal dyskinesia (3 cases resolved, 4 cases unchanged), 1 case (0.17%) of reversible dyskinesia and 4 cases (0.68%) of persistent treatment-emergent TD. Of the patients with baseline dyskinesia, 28.4% improved, no longer met TD criteria and maintained this response [33]. This annual treatment-emergent TD incidence of 0.68% with atypical antipsychotics is only 22% of the annual incidence of 3% reported with classical antipsychotics [4]. In the second study, the Schizophrenia International Suicide Prevention Trial (67 centers in 11 countries) [34], 980 patients with schizophrenia, or schizoaffective disorders, taking an atypical alone (25.6%), a classical alone (31.5%) or both a classical and an atypical antipsychotic (42.9%) were included from March 19, 1998, to February 14, 1999, and TD was found at the baseline in 115 (12%) patients [27, 35]. Thus, after 10 years in the time period of both classical and atypical antipsychotics, the overall prevalence of TD decreased by at least twofold compared to our previous 1979–1988 studies with classical antipsychotics [4, 25], using the same definitions, Extrapyramidal Symptom Rating Scale and training videotapes. In the third study (baseline data from three Ris-Consta multicenter studies) [27, 36] carried out 1 year later, 2,048 patients were included from March 21, 1999, to December 15, 2000, and TD was found at the baseline in 209 patients (10.2%), using the same methodology. This study showed a further decrease in the prevalence of TD after an additional year of atypical use. This changing epidemiology of TD with atypical antipsychotics is confirmed by Correll et al. [37] in a systematic review of 1-year prospective studies with atypical antipsychotics, and by Jeste et al. [38] in a 1-year study of elderly patients treated with risperidone. In conclusion, following the introduction of atypical antipsychotics, the prevalence and incidence of TD have significantly decreased. However, the risk for TD still exists with both atypical and classical antipsychotics, and there is a need for continued surveillance of emerging cases of TD in patients taking antipsychotics [39], especially as the current debate continues on the differences in efficacy between these two generations of antipsychotics following results from studies such as the CATIE [5, 39]. Furthermore, Kane [39] has pointed out that newly trained clinicians using mostly atypical antipsychotics may not have had the same exposure to TD as previously trained clinicians.A high prevalence of all 4 types of DIMD (parkinsonism, dystonia, dyskinesia and akathisia) remains. In the Schizophrenia International Suicide Prevention Trial (n = 980), a prevalence of 57.5% of DIMD (n = 551 patients) was found [27, 35]. In the Ris-Consta studies (n = 2,048) [27, 36], 970 patients (47.4%) had DIMD at the baseline, which consisted of 778 patients with parkinsonism (38.0%), 285 patients with akathisia (14%) and 209 patients with TD (10.2%). Thus, nearly 1 patient out of 2 had a definite DIMD in this time period of classical and atypical antipsychotics. In addition, DIMD have been consistently associated with significant psychiatric symptoms as measured by the positive and negative syndrome scale (PANSS) [40, 41]. In the InterSept study (n = 980), which included patients with schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder who were at risk of suicide, suicidality was associated at baseline with DIMD, parkinsonism, TD and akathisia, and depression was associated with TD and akathisia [27, 35]. Based on these results, we recommend routinely assessing DIMD in patients with schizophrenia with suicidal and depressive symptoms. In the Ris-Consta studies (n = 2,048), baseline DIMD were also significantly associated with the PANSS total score, positive, negative and anxiety/depression symptoms [27, 36]. Greater anxiety and depression were seen in patients with severer DIMD, akathisia and parkinsonism. Higher PANSS negative symptom rating was associated with parkinsonism and higher PANSS total scores were associated with akathisia. In this time period, these last two studies (n = 3,028) show that DIMD persists with atypical antipsychotics, and that patients with DIMD have significantly higher PANSS scores compared to patients without DIMD.These results are in agreement with findings from 2 other multicenter studies: the American CATIE study [5] and the European Schizophrenia Outpatient Health Outcomes (SOHO) study [42]. In the CATIE baseline data, patients with TD (n = 212) were found to have significantly more psychopathology than patients without TD (n = 1,098) as measured by the PANSS total score and PANSS general psychopathology subscale [43]. In the 3-year prospective SOHO study, emergent cases of TD were associated with greater overall psychopathology. An increase in clinical global impression overall symptom severity was longitudinally associated with cases of TD in patients without TD at the baseline (n = The SOHO and the CATIE studies have also examined other for TD. the CATIE and SOHO studies found that other DIMD were associated with TD the CATIE study showed that patients with TD had more parkinsonism akathisia while the SOHO study found that baseline symptoms TD our findings in a prospective study of TD [4]. In to reporting that the incidence of TD was lower in patients taking atypical compared to classical antipsychotics after 6 months the SOHO study showed that the incidence of TD was associated with the incidence of of drug-induced in is crucial to that there is a of DIMD with atypical antipsychotics, which are not and confounded with psychiatric symptoms rating scales used routinely in clinical to DIMD do not DIMD from psychiatric symptoms from the 4 multicenter (n = 14,497 patients) into this the CATIE the [27, the Ris-Consta [27, 36] and the SOHO studies have all confirmed the association of DIMD with psychiatric symptoms. most of the studies included in this measure psychiatric symptoms according to the we propose the following of PANSS psychiatric symptoms associated with emergent psychiatric symptoms caused by DIMD, such as depression and suicidality example, akinesia is known to produce depression, psychomotor and suicidal while akathisia psychomotor and suicidal and TD is also associated with suicidal iatrogenic psychiatric-like symptoms resulting from confounding and DIMD with psychiatric symptoms, such as confounding and with and retardation, akathisia with anxiety and and and dyskinesias with and schizophrenic psychiatric schizophrenic symptoms associated with DIMD caused by supersensitivity psychosis, which we are now to first reported drug-induced associated with TD a in and increased receptor after long-term treatment with classical antipsychotics, and we this supersensitivity psychosis. We that TD and supersensitivity psychosis with the decrease or withdrawal of an antipsychotic, given risk not and at the same The debate continues on how to most withdraw antipsychotic [1] and and psychiatric syndromes associated with types of syndromes have been with the discontinuation of (1) withdrawal syndromes and major (2) syndromes anxiety and which have been reported with and (3) supersensitivity syndromes such as TD and supersensitivity psychosis These discontinuation syndromes all produce psychiatric symptoms that can be confounded with true of the original illness. In a recent review of the on psychosis the importance of between antipsychotic withdrawal effects related to the course of the original illness and drug-induced effects such as supersensitivity psychosis. due to the discontinuation of a drug can be differentiated from the course of original illness and more long-term maintenance treatment could be reduced and in patients The long-term maintenance with second-generation antidepressants and of a major depressive disorder is of the in and during long-term maintenance treatment. The has also recently been to produce a persistent disorder following withdrawal to be related to supersensitivity When discontinuing antipsychotics and antidepressants, the of supersensitivity syndromes and other iatrogenic discontinuation syndromes must be to high doses or of outpatients and with schizophrenia treated with a classical antipsychotic treatment also included 1 but no antidepressants, no and no showed a prevalence of 22% for supersensitivity psychosis The prevalence of TD using Schooler and Kane criteria, was that found for supersensitivity psychosis. cases of supersensitivity psychosis increased the prevalence of supersensitivity psychosis to psychosis was associated with a higher maintenance dose of classical antipsychotics, high and schizophrenia with a The higher antipsychotic dose and higher associated with supersensitivity psychosis to the of supersensitivity and these results that lower doses of antipsychotics could the appearance of supersensitivity psychosis. In this study, there was no found between TD and supersensitivity psychosis, due to TD being associated with schizophrenia and supersensitivity psychosis with higher antipsychotic dose was not to be a risk for TD, whereas increased was associated with TD but not associated with supersensitivity psychosis. is that most patients in this study were treated with which has a high for the D2 which could to both a high incidence of supersensitivity psychosis and DIMD as the drug is known to produce a high incidence of symptoms psychosis, in its masked and withdrawal is known to occur 6 following the decrease or withdrawal of an antipsychotic or 3 months for a long-acting injectable We have proposed that TD and supersensitivity psychosis can result from the of in the caused by following in D2 with high for The of supersensitivity psychosis and TD share can both occur after long-term use of antipsychotics and can and difficult to with of the antipsychotic stress both TD and supersensitivity psychosis and both can be by and by and TD was to be the predictor of supersensitivity psychosis in our and follow-up study of supersensitivity psychosis [4, TD and supersensitivity psychosis may or may not occur in the same time but TD is associated with supersensitivity psychosis when it occurs during withdrawal of antipsychotics These two supersensitivity syndromes have been difficult to study due to the fact that antipsychotics can their appearance further with supersensitivity psychosis is that symptoms the original illness and true however, supersensitivity psychosis can be as it more after of the antipsychotic than true occurs with high doses of antipsychotics and not with antipsychotic treatment and therapeutic to antipsychotic treatment after drug response time, as therapeutic there is further of supersensitivity and further syndromes, TD, can (1) or (2) persistent or (3) reversible or symptoms can persist for several months or years and can still be reversible or When persistent and supersensitivity symptoms symptoms, being severer than the original symptoms, but these supersensitivity symptoms persist in contrast to symptoms and may include symptoms atypical antipsychotics, it has been proposed that supersensitivity psychosis occurs more with antipsychotics with from the D2 receptor The 2 atypical antipsychotics most associated with supersensitivity psychosis are quetiapine and which both have loose binding properties at the D2 receptor An additional which and severe in the withdrawal of is its effect as an receptor Thus, for the withdrawal would be by the receptor following of at this drug in the of the a and psychosis results cases of supersensitivity psychosis have also been reported with olanzapine psychosis was found to be associated with quetiapine in our 3-year study of quetiapine in 23 outpatients with schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder who had previously been treated with classical antipsychotics risperidone, and had symptoms and of side effects [19]. As in our of the CATIE study, 7 patients after a minimum of 3 months of stabilized treatment and 6 of these patients met the criteria for supersensitivity psychosis [19]. the 11 of patients with baseline TD relapsed, the that TD to supersensitivity psychosis and have been to be efficacious in of patients with supersensitivity psychosis We also recommend the use of in supersensitivity and anxiety disorder induced by the discontinuation of the An can be used in with an antipsychotic or an in to more decrease or withdraw these and find the minimal therapeutic dose for patients who still need long-term treatment. a minimal therapeutic dose with an has an additional for a drug olanzapine, as the dose will significant side In in the of Mental Health psychiatric 35% of patients with a of schizophrenia and For severe cases of schizophrenia, the use of or is in to drug to antipsychotic While is less than or it is superior to for anxiety and the of optimal minimal maintenance drug treatment. proposed the beneficial results of treatment in schizophrenia is their effect We have also related their beneficial effects to an of a We recommend treatment as a first for from treatment, can also be prescribed as with as it has a In a and that and had than other in addition, emerging that may improve DIMD has also been to be effective as an to antipsychotic monotherapy in patients with schizophrenia who treatment We that of cases of schizophrenia can be related to supersensitivity psychosis. In patients for maintenance treatment is a minimal therapeutic dose can be with the use of an that will patients from antipsychotic or conclusion, DIMD-induced psychiatric symptoms and supersensitivity syndromes will to to results such as found in the CATIE study which show that olanzapine is the only atypical antipsychotic more efficacious than a classical The proposed for psychiatric and psychiatric-like symptoms associated with DIMD may to the of all classical antipsychotics and the use of higher doses and longer than of atypical antipsychotics. research is in to develop to distinguish between true and iatrogenic discontinuation syndromes and to to more withdraw antipsychotics and antidepressants by and supersensitivity syndromes, for the antipsychotics and quetiapine and for the may to further of DIMD, TD and supersensitivity psychosis as we to more differences in the of As most of antipsychotics and second-generation antidepressants are not routinely or for more differences in drug will also to prescribe minimal therapeutic doses of antipsychotics and antidepressants for greater efficacy and better in the maintenance has and the last 3 years from and

Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics · editorial or comment · 168 citationsread the source →

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF DEPRESSION: DO WE HAVE ANY SOLID EVIDENCE OF INTEREST TO CLINICIANS?

Major depressive disorder (MDD) is a common and costly disorder which is usually associated with severe and persistent symptoms leading to important social role impairment and increased mortality 1,2. It is one of the most important causes of disability worldwide 3. The high rate of inadequate treatment of the disorder remains a serious concern 1. This review is aimed at summarizing the solid evidence on the etiology and pathophysiology of MDD that is likely relevant for clinical psychiatry. Neurobiological findings are regarded as solid when they are consistent and convergent, i.e., they have been confirmed by several studies using the same method and fit into results from studies using different methodological approaches. Family, twin, and adoption studies provide very solid and consistent evidence that MDD is a familial disorder and that this familiality is mostly or entirely due to genetic factors 4. This important finding suggests that parental social behavior and other familial environmental risk factors are not as important in the pathogenesis of MDD as previously assumed and should not be the major focus of the treatment of the disorder. The above-mentioned studies consistently show that the influence of genetic factors is around 30–40% 4. Non-genetic factors, explaining the remaining 60–70% of the variance in susceptibility to MDD, are individual-specific environmental effects (including measurement error effects and gene-environment interactions). These effects are mostly adverse events in childhood and ongoing or recent stress due to interpersonal adversities, including childhood sexual abuse, other lifetime trauma, low social support, marital problems, and divorce 5,6. These results suggest that there is a huge potential in the prevention of MDD by means of psychosocial interventions (e.g., in schools, at workplace). In addition, these results mirror the clinical practice of empirically validated psychotherapies to treat depression 7,8,9, including interpersonal, psychodynamic and cognitive behavioral psychotherapies and cognitive behavioural analysis system of psychotherapy, which all focus directly or indirectly on interpersonal difficulties and skills. This does not exclude the fact that unidentified non-genetic, non-psychosocial risk factors may also play important roles in some patients (e.g., climatic change, medical conditions). Stress sensitivity in depression is partly gender-specific. While men and women are, in general, equally sensitive to the depressogenic effects of stressful life events, their responses vary depending upon the type of stressor. Specifically, men are more likely to have depressive episodes following divorce, separation, and work difficulties, whereas women are more sensitive to events in their proximal social network, such as difficulty getting along with an individual, serious illness, or death 10. These findings point to the importance of gender-sensitive psychosocial approaches in the prevention and treatment of MDD. In contrast to the very solid evidence from epidemiological studies on broad risk factor domains, there is no solid evidence for specific genes and specific gene-by-environment interactions in the pathogenesis of MDD. Genome-wide association studies have indicated that many genes with small effects are involved in complex diseases, increasing the difficulty in identifying such genes 11. While there has been progress in the search for risk genes for several complex diseases despite this methodological problem 12, psychiatric conditions have turned out to be very resistant to robust gene identification. For example, based on a community-based prospective study, it has been proposed that a specific genetic variation in the promoter region of the serotonin transporter (a target of antidepressant drugs) interacts with stressful life events in the pathogenesis of depression 13. Although there is high clinical and neurobiological plausibility of this interaction, a recent meta-analysis yielded no evidence that the serotonin transporter gene alone or in interaction with psychological stress was associated with the risk of depression 14. The limited success of genetic studies of depression has been related to use of current classification schemas including ICD-10 and DSM-IV. These diagnostic manuals are based on clusters of symptoms and characteristics of clinical course that do not necessarily describe homogenous disorders but instead reflect common final pathways of different pathophysiolgical processes 15,16. The clinician should be aware that family history will continue to be the most solid source of information to estimate the genetic risk of MDD. Corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH) is released from the hypothalamus in response to the perception of psychological stress by cortical brain regions. This hormone induces the secretion of pituitary corticotropin, which stimulates the adrenal gland to release cortisol into the plasma. The physiologic response to stress is partly gender-specific: women show generally greater stress responsiveness than men, which is consistent with the greater incidence of major depression in women 17. Moreover, men show greater cortisol responses to achievement challenges, whereas women show greater cortisol responses to social rejection challenges 18. Although MDD is considered as a stress disorder, most subjects treated for MDD have no evidence of dysfunctions of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis (HPA) 19. However, some subjects with MDD do show abnormalities of that axis and of the extrahypothalamic CRH system 20. Altered stress hormone secretion appeared to be most prominent in depressed subjects with a history of childhood trauma 21. Elevated cortisol may act as a mediator between major depression and its physical long-term consequences such as coronary heart disease, type II diabetes, and osteoporosis 22. The importance of HPA axis dysfunction for the efficacy of antidepressants is a matter of debate 23. This axis is regulated through a dual system of mineralocorticoid (MR) and glucocorticoid (GR) receptors. Decreased limbic GR receptor function 24,25 and increased functional activity of the MR system 26 suggest an imbalance in the MR/GR ratio in stress-related conditions such as MDD. Epigenetic regulation of the glucocorticoid receptors has been associated with childhood abuse 27. Such environmental programming of gene expression may represent one possible mechanism that links early life stress to abnormal HPA axis function and increased risk of MDD in adults. While the CRH stimulation test (dex/CRH test) 28 is a sensitive measure of the HPA axis dysfunction in depression, the specificity of this test for MDD is low. However, non-suppression in the dex/CRH test has consistently predicted increased risk for depressive relapse during clinical remission 23. Additionally, the measurement of waking salivary cortisol concentration has been shown to be a simple and sensitive test for HPA axis hyperactivity in depression 29. Hypercortisolemia is almost exclusively found in subjects with severe and psychotic depression, in whom glucocorticoid antagonists may have some therapeutic effect 30. There is convergent evidence for CRH to play a major role in the pathogenesis of certain types of depression. Levels of CRH in the cerebrospinal fluid are elevated in some depressed subjects 31. Post-mortem studies reported an increased number of CRH secreting neurons in limbic brain regions in depression 32, likely reflecting a compensatory response to increased CRH concentrations 33. In addition, CRH produces a number of physiological and behavioral alterations that resemble the symptoms of major depression, including decreased appetite, disrupted sleep, decreased libido, and psychomotor alterations 34. There is also preliminary evidence that CRH1 receptor antagonists reduce symptoms of depression and anxiety 35. “Sickness behavior” as a result of an activation of the inflammatory response system shares many symptoms with depression, including fatigue, anhedonia, psychomotor retardation, and cognitive impairment. Sickness is mediated by pro-inflammatory cytokines such as interleukin-1α, tumor necrosis factor-α, and interleukin-6, which activate the HPA axis and impair the central serotonin system 36. The prevalence of depression as an unwanted effect of recombinant interferons is around 30% 37. In animals, blocking pro-inflammatory cytokine-mediated signaling produces antidepressant-like effects 38. Clinical data suggest that cytokines may play a role in the pathophysiology of a subgroup of depressed subjects, particularly those with comorbid physical conditions 36. The antidepressant enhancing effect of acetylsalicylic acid 39 points to the possible clinical relevance of psychoneuroimmunology in clinical depression research. Taken together, the laboratory tests with the highest potential to be clinically useful in the care of depressed individuals are based on abnormalities of the neuroendocrine and neuroimmune systems. Despite the large amount of basic science data suggesting that the HPA axis is importantly involved in the pathophysiology of depression, the effect of pharmacological modulation of this neuroendocrine system as antidepressant therapy has been disappointing. The link between childhood trauma and a permanently altered physiologic stress system points to the use of specific psychotherapies in the treatment of depressed patients with a history of early life trauma 40. Most of the serotonergic, noradrenergic and dopaminergic neurons are located in midbrain and brainstem nuclei and project to large areas of the entire brain. This anatomy suggests that monoaminergic systems are involved in the regulation of a broad range of brain functions, including mood, attention, reward processing, sleep, appetite, and cognition. Almost every compound that inhibits monoamine reuptake, leading to an increased concentration of monoamines in the synaptic cleft, has been proven to be a clinically effective antidepressant 19. Inhibiting the enzyme monoamine oxidase, which induces an increased availability of monoamines in presynaptic neurons, also has antidepressant effects. These observations led to the pharmacologically most relevant theory of depression, referred to as the monoamine-deficiency hypothesis. The monoamine-deficiency theory posits that the underlying pathophysiological basis of depression is a depletion of the neurotransmitters serotonin, norepinephrine or dopamine in the central nervous system. Serotonin is the most extensively studied neurotransmitter in depression. The most direct evidence for an abnormally reduced function of central serotonergic system comes from studies using tryptophan depletion, which reduces central serotonin synthesis. Such a reduction leads to the development of depressive symptoms in subjects at increased risk of depression (subjects with MDD in full remission, healthy subjects with a family history of depression) 41,42, possibly mediated by increased brain metabolism in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex and subcortical brain regions 42. Experimentally reduced central serotonin has been associated with mood congruent memory bias, altered reward-related behaviors, and disruption of inhibitory affective processing 16, all of which add to the clinical plausibility of the serotonin deficiency hypothesis. There is also evidence for abnormalities of serotonin receptors in depression, with the most solid evidence pointing to the serotonin-1A receptor, which regulates serotonin function. Decreased availability of this receptor has been found in multiple brain areas of patients with MDD 43, although this abnormality is not highly specific for MDD and has been found in patients with panic disorder 44 and temporal lobe epilepsy 45, possibly contributing to the considerable comorbidity among these conditions. However, there is no explanation for the mechanism of serotonin loss in depressed patients, and studies of serotonin metabolites in plasma, urine and cerebrospinal fluid, as well as post-mortem research on the serotonergic system in depression, have yielded inconsistent results. There is preliminary evidence that an increased availability of the brain monoamine oxidase, which metabolizes serotonin, may cause serotonin deficiency 46. In addition, loss-of-function mutations in the gene coding for the brain-specific enzyme tryptophan hydroxylase-2 may explain the loss of serotonin production as a rare risk factor for depression 47. Dysfunction of the central noradrenergic system has been hypothesized to play a role in the pathophysiology of MDD, based upon evidence of decreased norepinephrine metabolism, increased activity of tyrosine hydroxylase, and decreased density of norepinephrine transporter in the locus coeruleus in depressed patients 48. In addition, decreased neuronal counts in the locus coeruleus, increased alpha-2 adrenergic receptor density, and decreased alpha-1 adrenergic receptor density have been found in the brains of depressed suicide victims post-mortem 49. Since there is no method to selectively deplete central norepinephrine and no imaging tool to study the central norepinephrine system, solid evidence for abnormalities of this system in depression is lacking. While the classical theories of the neurobiology of depression mainly focused on serotonin and norepinephrine, there is increasing interest in the role of dopamine 50. Dopamine reuptake inhibitors (e.g., nomifensine) and dopamine receptor agonists (e.g., pramipexole) had antidepressant effects in placebo-controlled studies of MDD 51. In the cerebrospinal fluid and jugular vein plasma, levels of dopamine metabolites were consistently reduced in depression, suggesting decreased dopamine turnover 52. Striatal dopamine transporter binding and dopamine uptake were reduced in MDD, consistent with a reduction in dopamine neurotransmission 53. Degeneration of dopamine projections to the striatum in Parkinson's disease was associated with a major depressive syndrome in about one half of cases, which usually preceded the appearance of motor signs 54. Experimentally reduced dopaminergic transmission into the accumbens has been associated with anhedonic symptoms and performance deficits on a reward processing task in subjects at increased risk of depression 55,56. These findings are consistent with the clinical observation that depressed patients have a blunted reaction to positive reinforcers and an abnormal response to negative feedback 57. Almost all established antidepressants target the monoamine systems 58. However, full and partial resistance to these drugs and their delayed onset of action suggest that dysfunctions of monoaminergic neurotransmitter systems found in MDD represent the downstream effects of other, more primary abnormalities. Despite this limitation, the monoamine-deficiency hypothesis has proved to be the most clinically relevant neurobiological theory of depression. New findings on the role of dopamine in depression emphasize the scientific potential of this theory, and promising reports of antidepressant effects of drugs that modulate the dopaminergic system (e.g., pramipexole, modafinil) in difficult-to-treat depression underline its clinical relevance 51,59. Although many historical attempts to localize mental functions have failed, they have considerably contributed to a modern neuroscientific understanding of mental disorders 60. The development of neuroimaging techniques has opened up the potential to investigate structural and functional abnormalities in living depressed patients. Unfortunately, the diversity of imaging techniques used, the relatively small and heterogeneous study samples studied, and the limited overlap of results across imaging paradigms 61 make it difficult to reliably identify neuronal regions or networks with consistently abnormal structure or function in MDD. Functional imaging studies have provided the most limited overlap of findings. This may be due to methodological limitations and/or the complexity of neurocircuitry involved in MDD. A recent meta-analytic study found the best evidence for abnormal brain activity in MDD in lateral frontal and temporal cortices, insula, and cerebellum. In these brain regions activity was decreased at rest, they showed a relative lack of activation during induction of negative emotions, and an increase in activity following treatment with serotonin reuptake inhibitors. Opposite changes may exist in ventromedial frontal areas, striatum and possibly other subcortical brain regions 61. More solid evidence has been provided by structural imaging and post-mortem studies. A recent meta-analytic study on brain volume abnormalities in MDD revealed relatively large volume reductions in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex, particularly in the left anterior cingulate and in the orbitofrontal cortex. Moderate volume reductions were found in the lateral prefrontal cortex, hippocampus and striatum 62. Post-mortem studies consistently identified a reduction in glia cell density in dorsal, orbital and subgenual prefrontal cortices, as well as in the amygdala 63,64. Overall, functional, structural and post-mortem studies suggest that structural and functional abnormalities in the left subgenual cingulate cortex are the most solid neuroanatomical finding in MDD. Volume reduction in this region was found early in illness and in young adults at high familial risk for MDD 65, suggesting a primary neurobiological abnormality associated with the etiology of the illness. Humans with lesions that include the subgenual prefrontal cortex showed abnormal autonomic responses to social stimuli 66, and rats with left-sided lesions in this region had increased sympathetic arousal and corticosterone responses to restraint stress 67. Most importantly, chronic deep brain stimulation to reduce the potentially elevated activity in the subgenual cingulated cortex produced clinical benefits in patients with treatment-resistant depression 68. In summary, despite the considerable heterogeneity of findings from neuroimaging studies, there is convergent evidence for the presence of abnormalities in the subgenual prefrontal cortex in some patients with MDD. Neuroanatomical research in depression is of great clinical interest, since novel antidepressant treatments such as deep brain stimulation can target specific brain regions. In addition, there are promising leads for neuroimaging findings to predict the likelihood of responses to specific treatments 69. Risk factors for depressive episodes change during the course of the illness. The first depressive episode is usually “reactive”, i.e., triggered by important psychosocial stressors, while subsequent episodes become increasingly “endogenous”, i.e., triggered by minor stressors or occurring spontaneously 70. There is consistent evidence that the volume loss of the hippocampus and other brain regions is related to the duration of depression 71, suggesting that untreated depression leads to hippocampal volume loss, possibly resulting in increased stress sensitivity 72 and increased risk of recurrence 73. Glucocorticoid neurotoxicity, glutamatergic toxicity, decreased neurotrophic factors, and decreased neurogenesis have been proposed as possible mechanisms explaining brain volume loss in depression. There is no solid evidence on of these since there are no imaging to directly and neurotrophic processes in neurotrophic factor has considerable Specifically, studies have shown between and in hippocampal as well as expression of following antidepressant treatment The clinician should be aware of the potentially effect of depression and treat depressed patients as early and as A of studies consistently showed reductions in acid concentrations in the prefrontal and cortex in depression This may reflect stress since psychological stress to presynaptic of prefrontal neurotransmission low concentration may reflect reduction in the density and of In addition, chronic stress may reduce receptor possibly through changes in evidence of the hypothesis of depression the lack of effects of drugs on depressive symptoms and prefrontal concentration in subjects with MDD of evidence suggest a dysfunction of the neurotransmitter system in a of the receptor produced and large antidepressant effects in patients with treatment-resistant MDD inhibitors of release (e.g., antidepressant abnormal levels were found in depressed subjects as by and there is evidence for abnormal signaling in post-mortem Since is the major neurotransmitter involved in almost every brain the of the specific role of in depression (e.g., there are promising leads that the receptor is involved in MDD and are diagnostic for MDD, suggesting regulation in depressed patients. In addition, some depressive symptoms may show psychomotor of of positive and negative and a subgroup of patients with MDD may have a disorder In healthy young subjects, changes in the of the had specific effects on subsequent mood In depressed patients, of can have antidepressant on these abnormalities have been hypothesized to be associated with MDD The association between of the and in cortisol in some subjects with and the effect of antidepressants on of and to the of this hypothesis Despite of the many promising the and genetic of this hypothesis are It remains to be antidepressant effects of such as directly to of on these abnormalities have been hypothesized to be associated with MDD The association between of the and in cortisol in some subjects with and the effect of antidepressants on of and to the of this hypothesis Despite of the many promising the and genetic of this hypothesis are It remains to be antidepressant effects of such as directly to of The and of the neurobiological of depression are in 1. The many theories of depression and the relatively low response rate of all antidepressant treatments a hypothesis of and suggest that depression is a clinically and heterogeneous disorder. This research on of the response to therapeutic interventions using such as neuroimaging and neuroendocrine tests in with for with to stress sensitivity and antidepressant The of of therapeutic will for the development of that has the potential to interventions and to up pathways in the of novel therapeutic approaches.

World Psychiatry · editorial or comment · 607 citationsread the source →

Bullying and Suicide: A Public Health Approach

Several recent studies have found an association between bullying and depression [[1]Wang J. Iannotti R.J. Luk J.W. Nansel T.R. Co-occurrence of victimization from five subtypes of bullying: Physical, verbal, social exclusion, spreading rumors, and cyber.J Pediatr Psychol. 2010; 35: 1103-1112Crossref PubMed Scopus (223) Google Scholar] or bullying and suicide-related behaviors [[2]Kim Y.S. Leventhal B. Suicide and bullying. A review. Int J Adolesc Med Health. 2008; 20: 133-154Crossref PubMed Scopus (324) Google Scholar], and one study found evidence consistent with a causal link, at least for girls [3Klomek A.B. Sourander A. Niemela S. et al. Childhood bullying behaviors as a risk for suicide attempts and completed suicides: A population-based birth cohort study.J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2009; 48: 254-261Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (324) Google Scholar, 4Klomek A.B. Sourander A. Gould A. The association of suicide and bullying in childhood to young adulthood: A review of cross-sectional and longitudinal research findings. Can J Psychiatry. 2010; 55: 282-288PubMed Google Scholar]. These studies, in conjunction with extensive media coverage of the deaths by suicide of several young people who were victims of bullying, led the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to convene an expert panel focusing on the relationship between bullying involvement and suicide-related behaviors. The purpose of the panel, held in September 2010, was to synthesize the latest research about the relationship between youth involvement in bullying (youth who bully, youth who are bullied, and those who bully and are bullied) and suicide-related behaviors (attempts, fatalities, and risk factors associated with suicide, such as depression). Experts on the topics of bullying and suicide presented their research about the relationship between these two behaviors; their work is contained in this supplement. The panel and this special issue provide clarity around the complicated issues of bullying and suicide among youth. Three key themes emerged: (1) bullying among youth is a significant public health problem; it is prevalent and frequently has detrimental effects; (2) there is a strong association between bullying and suicide-related behaviors, but this relationship is often mediated by other factors, including depression and delinquency; and (3) there are public health strategies that can be applied to the prevention of bullying and suicide. Bullying is a significant public health problem because it is prevalent and harmful. Between 20% and 56% of young people are involved in bullying annually [5Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Youth risk behavior surveillance—United States, 2011. MMWR, Surveillance Summaries 2012;61(no. SS-4). Available at: www.cdc.gov/mmwr/pdf/ss/ss6104.pdf. Google Scholar, 6Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar, 7Kowalski R.M. Limber S.P. Psychological, physical, and academic correlates of cyberbullying and traditional bullying.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S13-S20Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (768) Google Scholar]. Thus, in a classroom of 30 students, between 6 and 17 students are involved in bullying as a victim, perpetrator, or both (bully-victim). The specific rate of bullying victimization and perpetration varies according to age, type of bullying, time period over which bullying behaviors are assessed, and by subgroup. Younger (middle school-aged) children are more likely to be involved in bullying than high school-aged children [[8]Robers S. Zhang J. Truman J. Indicators of school crime and safety: 2011 (NCES 2012-002/NCJ 236021). National Center for Education Statistics, U.S. Department of Education, and Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, Washington, DC2012Google Scholar]. Verbal bullying is generally more prevalent than physical or cyber-bullying and bullying is more likely to occur over a longer time period—“ever” or over the “past year” as opposed to “the past few months” [[9]David-Ferdon C. Hertz M.F. Electronic media and youth violence: A CDC issue brief for researchers. Centers for Disease Control, Atlanta, GA2009Google Scholar]. Specific subgroups are more likely to be victimized. For example, bullying victimization is more prevalent upon lesbian and gay youth—60% report victimization during the past 30 days prior to the survey compared with 28.8% of heterosexual youth [[10]Hatzenbuehler M.L. Keyes K.M. Inclusive anti-bullying policies and reduced risk of suicide attempts in lesbian and gay youth.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S21-S26Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (207) Google Scholar]. For young people involved in bullying in any capacity—youth who bully others, who are bullied, or who both bully and are bullied, this involvement is correlated with poor mental and physical health and engagement in other risk behaviors. Youth who are bullied are more likely to be depressed or anxious [[11]Fekkes M. Pijpers F. Fredriks A.M. et al. Do bullied children get ill, or do ill children get bullied? A prospective cohort study on the relationship between bullying and health-related symptoms. Pediatrics. 2006; 117: 1568-1574Crossref PubMed Scopus (426) Google Scholar], have lower academic achievement, report feeling like they do not belong at school [[12]Glew G.M. Fan M. Katon W. et al. Bullying, psychosocial adjustment, and academic performance in elementary school. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med. 2005; 159: 1026-1031Crossref PubMed Scopus (384) Google Scholar], have poorer social and emotional adjustment, greater difficulty making friends, poorer relationships with classmates, and greater loneliness [[13]Nansel T.R. Overpeck M. Pilla M. et al. Bullying behavior among U.S. youth: Prevalence and association with psychosocial adjustment.JAMA. 2001; 285: 2094-2100Crossref PubMed Scopus (2743) Google Scholar]. Bully-victims are more likely than those who bully, those who are bullied, or their uninvolved peers to report being physically hurt by a family member, to witness family violence, and exhibit suicide-related behaviors [[14]McKenna M. Hawk E. Mullen J. Hertz M. The association between bullying behavior and health risks among middle school and high school students in Massachusetts, 2009.Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Review. 2011; 60: 465-471PubMed Google Scholar]. Those who bully others are more likely to drink alcohol and use cigarettes, to have poorer academic achievement and poorer perceived school climate, but to also report greater ease of making friends [[13]Nansel T.R. Overpeck M. Pilla M. et al. Bullying behavior among U.S. youth: Prevalence and association with psychosocial adjustment.JAMA. 2001; 285: 2094-2100Crossref PubMed Scopus (2743) Google Scholar]. Involvement in bullying can also have long-lasting, detrimental effects months or even years after the bullying occurs. Young people who are bullied are more likely than uninvolved youth to develop depression and anxiety and report abdominal pain and feeling tense over the course of a school year [[11]Fekkes M. Pijpers F. Fredriks A.M. et al. Do bullied children get ill, or do ill children get bullied? A prospective cohort study on the relationship between bullying and health-related symptoms. Pediatrics. 2006; 117: 1568-1574Crossref PubMed Scopus (426) Google Scholar]. One study examining the impact of bullying victimization of those who were between 9, 11, and 13 years of age when they were victimized found, that over a 7-year period, youth who were bullied were more likely to develop generalized anxiety and panic disorder as adults while bully-victims were more likely to subsequently suffer from depression, panic disorder, and suicidality [[15]Copeland W.E. Wolke D. Angold A. Costello E.J. Adult psychiatric outcomes of bullying and being bullied by peers in childhood and adolescence.JAMA Psychiatry. 2013; 70: 419-426Crossref PubMed Scopus (746) Google Scholar]. Another longitudinal study found that those who were perpetrators of bullying at age 14 were more likely to receive a diagnosis of antisocial personality disorder, to have low job status at age 18 years, and to use drugs at ages 27–32 years [[16]Farrington D.P. Ttofi M.M. Bullying as a predictor of offending, violence and later life outcomes. Crim Behav Ment Health. 2011; 21: 90-98Crossref PubMed Scopus (169) Google Scholar]. The articles in this special issue generally show a strong association between involvement in bullying behaviors and suicide-related behaviors. In Espelage and Holt's work with middle school students, suicidal ideation and attempts were significantly more prevalent among victims, bully-victims and perpetrators, with rates of ideation and attempts among those involved as a victim, perpetrator, or bully-victims three to five times higher than the rate of uninvolved youth [[17]Espelage D.L. Holt M.K. Suicidal ideation and school bullying experiences after controlling for depression and delinquency.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S27-S31Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (146) Google Scholar]. Likewise, in Borowsky's study of 6th, 9th, and 12th graders, 1.2% of uninvolved youth made a suicide attempt, compared with 5% for those who frequently bullied others verbally or socially; 6.5% for those who were frequent victims of verbal/social bullying; and 11.1% for those who were frequent bully-victims of verbal/social bullying [[6]Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar]. In Kowalski and Limber's paper, depression, anxiety, self-esteem, self-reported health problems, absences from school, leaving school because of illness, and grades were, with only one exception, significantly related to students' involvement in cyber-bullying others, being cyber-bullied, bullying others through traditional means, and being bullied through traditional means [[7]Kowalski R.M. Limber S.P. Psychological, physical, and academic correlates of cyberbullying and traditional bullying.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S13-S20Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (768) Google Scholar]. Those who witness bullying but are not directly involved are also at increased risk. Rivers and Noret [[18]Rivers I. Noret N. Potential suicide ideation and its association with observing bullying at school.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S32-S36Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (51) Google Scholar] report that students who observed bullying behavior were significantly more likely than those uninvolved in bullying to report symptoms of interpersonal sensitivity (feelings of being hurt and feelings of inferiority) and greater helplessness. However, the papers in this issue also convey the complexity of the relationship between bullying and suicide-related behaviors. In Espelage and Holt's work [[17]Espelage D.L. Holt M.K. Suicidal ideation and school bullying experiences after controlling for depression and delinquency.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S27-S31Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (146) Google Scholar], after controlling for delinquency and depression there was no increased risk of suicide-related behaviors for perpetrators; the increased risk did remain for victims. Klomek's [[19]Klomek A.B. Kleinman M. Altschuler E. et al. Suicidal adolescents' experiences with bullying perpetration and victimization during high school as risk factors for later depression and suicidality.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S37-S42Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (84) Google Scholar] comparison of young people with bullying involvement and psychiatric symptoms (depression, suicidality, or substance use) at an initial screen to those with psychiatric symptoms but no bullying involvement found, at 2-year follow-up, that only perpetrators of bullying were significantly more likely to be functionally impaired than bullying-uninvolved students. In King's study of hospitalized suicidal youth, those who reported perpetrating bullying were more likely than uninvolved youth to have severe suicidal thoughts and psychosocial impairment, and to abuse substances. However, at 12-month follow-up, only the difference in psychosocial impairment remained. Interestingly, over the course of 1-year treatment for the suicidality, the rate of bullying perpetration declined [[20]King C.A. Horwitz A. Berona J. Jiang Q. Acutely suicidal adolescents who engage in bullying behavior: 1-year trajectories.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S43-S50Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (16) Google Scholar]. In Karch's analysis of suicide fatalities among youth, bullying involvement was one of a myriad of factors precipitating a death by suicide. A quarter of young suicide victims had school problems, but only 12.4% of these school problems were attributed to bullying [[21]Karch D.L. Logan J. McDaniel D.D. et al. Precipitating circumstances of suicide among youth aged 10–17 years by sex: Data from the National Violent Death Reporting System, 16 States, 2005–2008.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S51-S53Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (59) Google Scholar]. Other salient circumstances included depressed mood and/or other current mental health problems (37%); intimate partner problems (25%); history of suicide attempts (18%); and substance abuse problems (16%). Suicide attempts and substance use were risk factors that co-occurred with suicide ideation in Borowsky et al. as well [[6]Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar]. Across all groups (victims, perpetrators, and bully-victims) a history of self-harm within the prior year and greater emotional distress (feelings of sadness, hopelessness, worry, stress, or pressure) drastically increased risk for suicide. For victims and bully-victims, a history of sexual abuse, a mental health problem, or running away from home in the past year increased the likelihood of suicidal thinking or behavior [[6]Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar]. More than half of the youth who were bully-victims and who expressed suicidal ideation or reported making an attempt also witnessed family violence, had a history of physical abuse, smoked cigarettes, used marijuana, skipped school because of safety concerns, or carried a weapon at school. Youth who were involved in bullying and reported suicide-related thoughts or behaviors also had higher mean scores for distractibility/impulsivity and lower mean scores for parent connectedness, connectedness to other adults, perceived caring by teachers, perceived caring by friends, liking school, academic achievement, physical activity, perceived school safety, and perceived neighborhood safety [[6]Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar]. Across all three bullying-involved groups, parent connectedness (feeling like you can talk to mom/dad about problems; that mom/dad care about you) was protective for suicidal ideation and attempts. Other protective factors for victims included stronger connections to nonparental adults, stronger perceived caring by friends, and liking school. For bully-victims, greater perceived caring by friends was also protective [[6]Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar]. That there is a relationship between bullying and depression and that this relationship may help to explain the relationship between bullying and suicide is fairly consistent across papers. However, the direction of this relationship is unclear. Do youth who are bullied become depressed or are depressed youth more likely to be bullied? A study from the Netherlands suggests the answer may be “both.” Researchers found that victims of bullying had significantly higher chances of developing new psychosomatic and psychosocial problems over the course of a school year compared with children who were not bullied. However, children with preexisting depressive symptoms or anxiety were also significantly more likely to be newly victimized over the course of the school year [[11]Fekkes M. Pijpers F. Fredriks A.M. et al. Do bullied children get ill, or do ill children get bullied? A prospective cohort study on the relationship between bullying and health-related symptoms. Pediatrics. 2006; 117: 1568-1574Crossref PubMed Scopus (426) Google Scholar]. Despite the complexity of the relationship between bullying and suicide, there is no doubt that bullying involvement can have detrimental effects and prevention of bullying could improve health and mental health outcomes for many youth. The findings in these articles underscore the complexity of the relationship between bullying and suicide. A critical difference distinguishes an association between bullying and suicide from a causal relationship, with significant implications for prevention. Conveying that bullying alone causes suicide at best minimizes, and at worst ignores, the other factors that may contribute to death by suicide. This neglect may result in too narrow a focus of preventive action. We echo the call made by others for an integrated approach to preventing suicide and youth violence by focusing on shared risk and protective factors including individual coping skills, family and school social support, and supportive school environments [[22]Lubell K.M. Vetter J.B. Suicide and youth violence prevention: The promise of an integrated approach. Aggression and Violent Behavior. 2006; 11: 167-175Crossref Scopus (71) Google Scholar]. Strengthening social connectedness and ensuring access to supportive adults may pay dividends in impacting both bullying and suicide behaviors. Supportive home and school environments where young people feel connected are just one overlapping protective factor. Borowksy's findings regarding connection to parents, other adults, school, and friends reflect the need for multiple strategies that focus on both the school and home environments and that move beyond the individual skill-building level to foster supportive environments [[6]Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar]. The case for a supportive environment on bullying and suicide prevention is supported by Hatzenbuehler's work. In the paper contained in this special issue, he reports findings that lesbian and gay youths living in counties with fewer school districts with antibullying policies that specifically mentioned sexual orientation as a protected group were nearly two times more likely to have attempted suicide in the past year compared with those living in counties where more districts had these policies [[10]Hatzenbuehler M.L. Keyes K.M. Inclusive anti-bullying policies and reduced risk of suicide attempts in lesbian and gay youth.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S21-S26Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (207) Google Scholar]. Williams and Guerra reported that youth who describe their school climate as being trusting, fair, and pleasant have lower involvement in verbal, physical, and Internet bullying perpetration [[23]Williams K.R. Guerra N.G. Prevalence and predictors of internet bullying.J Adolesc Health. 2007; 41: S14-S21Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (669) Google Scholar]. As reflected in CDC's strategic direction on suicide [[24]Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Connectedness as a strategic direction for the prevention of suicidal behavior. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/suicide_strategic_direction-one-pager-a.pdf. Google Scholar], approaches intended to build connections between youth and school and home environments, as well as communities, are essential to suicide prevention. Sources of Strength is a school-based suicide-prevention program that trains youth opinion leaders to change the norms and behaviors of their peers by conducting well-defined messaging activities with adult mentoring, as well as increasing perceptions of adult support for suicidal youths and the acceptability of seeking help M. et of the Sources of Strength suicide prevention program by leaders in high J Health. 2010; PubMed Scopus Google Scholar]. work also the of connections to support prevention. As an example, the youth suicide prevention found that who reported a stronger connection to youth in their program were as likely to suicidal youth. the research also that the bullying prevention are A of school bullying strategies that school approaches that included multiple and at of school more often reduced victimization and bullying than the that only included or social groups A review of school-based to Pediatr Adolesc Med. 2007; PubMed Scopus Google Scholar]. there is about the prevention of bullying and suicide, there is also do not studies over the past two have the of bullying prevention However, studies have in the States, these have not A review of school-based to Pediatr Adolesc Med. 2007; PubMed Scopus Google Scholar]. is evidence that youth violence prevention that for such as and also rates of bullying The impact of and on bullying and A Pediatr Adolesc Med. PubMed Scopus Google Scholar]. More work is to strategies that bullying from among youth in the In that depression is a significant risk for bullying and suicide as well as a of other behaviors. We need to to mental among young people and their and to do in and However, the and impact of bullying, it is to move while these strategies are being We can by and strategies that have at increasing protective factors and risk factors associated with both bullying and suicide. is not that bullying in is it that bullying occur in the in and health their focus beyond just to those who are involved in bullying or suicide-related behaviors, but also in strategies to bullying and suicidal behavior from in the

Journal of Adolescent Health · editorial or comment · 170 citationsread the source →

Illness experience and reasons for nonadherence among individuals with bipolar disorder who are poorly adherent with medication.

Aim: Nonadherent individuals are the most likely to avoid participating in research studies, thus limiting potential opportunities to develop evidence-based approaches for adherence enhancement. This mixed-method analysis evaluated factors related to adherence among 20 poorly adherent community mental health clinic patients with bipolar disorder (BD). Methods: Illness experience was evaluated with qualitative interview. Quantitative assessments measured symptoms (Hamilton Depression Rating Scale, Young Mania Rating Scale, Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale), adherence behavior, and treatment attitudes. Poor adherence was defined as missing 30% or more of medication. Results: Minorities (80%), unmarried individuals (95%), and those with substance abuse (65%) predominated in this nonadherent group of patients with BD. Individuals were substantially depressed (mean Hamilton Depression Rating Scale, 19.2), had at least some manic symptoms (mean Young Mania Rating Scale, 13.6), and had moderate psychopathology (mean Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale, 41.2). Rates of missed medications were 41% to 43%. Forgetting to take medications was the top reason for nonadherence (55%), followed by side effects (20%). Disorganized home environments (30%), concern regarding having to take long-term medications (25%) or fear of side effects (25%), and insufficient information regarding BD (35%) were relatively common. Almost one third of patients had individuals in their core social network who specifically advised against medication. Access problems included difficulty paying for medications among more than half of patients. Interestingly, patients reported good relationships with their providers. Conclusions: Forgetting to take medication and problems with side effects are primary drivers of nonadherence. Lack of medication routines, unsupportive social networks, insufficient illness knowledge, and treatment access problems may likewise affect overall adherence. Complementary quantitative and qualitative data collection can identify reasons for nonadherence and may inform specific clinical approaches to enhance adherence.

Comprehensive psychiatry · 66 citationsread the source →

Problematic Internet use: an overview

The “global village”, a metaphor used to describe how the Internet has shortened distances and facilitated the flow of information, has grown to over one billion users 1. Statistics from across the world highlight its reach and penetrance: 90% of South Korean households connect to high-speed, inexpensive broadband 2; Londoners spend an average of 45 days a year online, more than they spend watching TV 3; and the rate of increase in the number of Internet users in Africa and the Middle East exceeded 1,300% between 2000 and 2009 4. For the majority of Internet users, the World Wide Web represents a tremendous wellspring of opportunity that enhances well-being. For others, however, it can lead to a state that appears to meet the DSM definition of a mental disorder, described as a “clinically significant behavioral or psychological syndrome…that is associated with present distress… or with a significantly increased risk of suffering death, pain, disability, or an important loss of freedom” 5. Scientific understanding of that state has lagged behind media attention 6, in part because of inconsistency in defining the problem 7, disagreement about its very existence 8, and the variable research methodology used in studying it. Still, a body of data by scientists from the East and West (with the East increasingly leading the way) tells a cautionary tale about the Internet's potential to bring about psychological harm. In 1996, the psychologist K. Young became the first to publish a detailed case report of problematic Internet use 9. Her “patient zero” was a non-technologically oriented 43-year-old homemaker with a “content home life and no prior addiction or psychiatric history”, who, within three months of discovering chat rooms, was spending up to 60 hours per week online. She reported feeling excited in front of the computer, and depressed, anxious, and irritable when she would log off. She described having an addiction to the medium “like one would to alcohol”. Within one year of purchasing her home computer, she was ignoring household chores, had quit social activities she used to enjoy, and had become estranged from her two teenage daughters and her husband of 17 years. Based on this and other patients she interviewed, Young proposed the first set of diagnostic criteria for what she termed “Internet addiction”. She modeled them on the DSM-IV definition for substance dependence because of similarities she observed with the states of tolerance (needing more of the substance to achieve the same effect) and withdrawal (psychological and physical discomfort upon reducing or stopping the substance) 9. Others conceptualized problematic Internet use as a behavioral addiction not involving an intoxicant 10, and Young subsequently updated her definition, adapting the DSM-IV criteria for pathological gambling, an impulse control disorder often described as a behavioral addiction, into her Diagnostic Questionnaire 11 (Table 1). The questionnaire, which required at least five of the eight criteria be met for the Internet addiction diagnosis, has not received adequate psychometric testing. Shapira et al 12 proposed five years later a more inclusive diagnostic schema in the general style of the impulse control disorders. They argued that definitions based solely on substance dependence or pathological gambling were too narrow to capture the population of problematic Internet users and could lead to premature conclusions about the new disorder and the patients. They eschewed the “Internet addiction” label for lack of scientific proof for true addiction and favored the less controversial “problematic Internet use”, defining it as: a) maladaptive preoccupation with Internet use, experienced as irresistible use for periods of time longer than intended; b) significant distress or impairment resulting from the behavior; and c) the absence of other Axis I pathology that might explain the behavior, such as mania or hypomania. To date, only two studies have attempted to develop diagnostic criteria empirically by testing them against the diagnosis made on the basis of a systematic psychiatric interview. Ko et al 13 tested a set of criteria in 468 Taiwanese high school students. Starting with 13 candidate criteria, they eliminated those with low diagnostic accuracy, and determined that a cutoff of six out of the nine remaining criteria had the best diagnostic accuracy while maintaining high specificity (97.1%) and acceptable sensitivity (87.5%). The criterion for functional impairment was listed separately as criterion B and was required for the diagnosis (Table 2). In a second study, Ko et al 14 confirmed the diagnostic accuracy of their criteria in an older cohort of 216 Taiwanese college students. However, the relatively small size of both studies and the non-representative nature of the groups studied limit the applicability of the proposed criteria to the general population. Several assessment scales have been proposed to screen for, and help diagnose, problematic Internet use. As a group, these instruments show no consensus on the underlying dimensions that constitute the condition 6,15. In addition to Young's Diagnostic Questionnaire, two are in relatively common use in research and/or clinical settings: Young's Internet Addiction Test 16 and the Chen Internet Addiction Scale 17. Young's Internet Addiction Test 16 consists of 20 “how-often” questions, each rated on a scale of 1 to 5 (1=rarely; 2=occasionally; 3=frequently; 4=often; 5=always.) A score of 80 or above is consistent with problematic use (Table 3). The psychometric properties of the instrument were studied in 86 subjects 18. Six factors were extracted from the questionnaire: salience, excessive use, neglect of work, anticipation, lack of control, and neglect of social life. These factors showed good concurrent validity and internal consistency. Salience explained most of the variance and was also found to be the most reliable as indicated by its Cronbach's alpha. However, the selection bias introduced by online recruitment and the small size of the study limit its value. The Chen Internet Addiction Scale 17 is a self-report instrument composed of 26 items rated on a 4-point Likert scale (adapted in Table 4). It assesses five domains of Internet-related problems: compulsive use, withdrawal, tolerance, interpersonal and health consequences, and time management difficulties. Scores range from 26 to 104. In a study of 454 Taiwanese adolescents who completed the scale and received a structured diagnostic interview, a cutoff of 64 was shown to have high diagnostic accuracy and specificity (88% and 92.6%, respectively) 19. The internal reliability of the scale and subscales in the original study ranged from 0.79 to 0.93 17. Due to the lack of consensus on diagnostic criteria and the dearth of large epidemiological studies, the prevalence of problematic Internet use in the general population has not been established. Overall, prevalence surveys conducted in various countries fall into two main categories, online vs. offline studies, with the former typically yielding higher rates, most likely because of inherent selection bias 20. Only two epidemiological studies exploring the prevalence of problematic Internet use in the general population have been published. One was conducted in the US, the other in Norway 20,21. The US study used random-digit telephone dialing (cellular phone numbers were not included) to interview 2,513 adults taken from all 50 states in a manner proportional to the population in each state 20. More than half of the people reached agreed to be interviewed. Participants’ average age was 48, and 51% fell in the middle class socioeconomic stratum. 68.9% were regular Internet users. The authors’ diagnostic definition, based on published criteria and on similarities with impulse control disorders, substance dependence and obsessive-compulsive disorder, required: a) Internet use that interferes in personal relationships; b) preoccupation with the Internet when offline; c) unsuccessful attempts at quitting or cutting down; and d) staying online longer than intended. This definition yielded a point prevalence of 0.7%. Less stringent definitions yielded higher prevalence rates, and individual features consistent with problematic Internet use were endorsed by as many as 13.7% (respondents who found it hard to stay offline for days in a row). In the second study, Bakken et al 21 mailed Young's Diagnostic Questionnaire to 10,000 inhabitants of Norway, randomly selected from a database of the entire population. 3,399 completed questionnaires were returned (a somewhat lower response rate than the US study). Recipients of the mailed questionnaire also had the option of completing it online. Among respondents, 87% were Internet users. The prevalence of “addicted Internet use” (≥5 questions answered “yes”) was calculated to be 1%, whereas the prevalence of “at risk” Internet use (3–4 questions answered “yes”) was 5.2%. Multivariate analysis showed young age, male gender, higher educational achievement, and financial stress to be positively associated with “problematic Internet use” (defined by the authors to include both “Internet addicts” and “at risk” respondents). Prevalence rates among adolescents have been researched more extensively, perhaps because the so-called “digital natives” grew up incorporating the Internet in many aspects of life and as a result are perceived to be at higher risk. However, even when online-based surveys are excluded, the results can vary widely and are difficult to compare, due to differences in Internet access, recruitment methodology, the exact age bracket studied, and the definitions utilized. Considering only relatively large and offline studies, research from China 22, South Korea 23,24, Greece 25, Norway 26, and Iran 27 has yielded prevalence estimates ranging between 2% and 11%. Problematic Internet use has not been incorporated into large-scale epidemiological studies aimed at estimating the relative prevalence of mental disorders. Still, a review of published studies reveals that the presence of other psychiatric conditions in patients with problematic Internet use is the rule rather than the exception 6. The studies, however, were not designed or statistically powered to detect the nature of the association (cause, effect, or independent). In Bakken's general-population study 21, based on subjects’ self-report, 41.4% of Internet “addicts” reported feelings of depression in the 12-month period prior to the study, compared to 15.8% of non-problematic users. Sleep disturbances, anxious feelings, and alcohol and substance abuse were also more common (38.6% vs. 26.4%, 36.4% vs. 5%, and 13.6% vs. 1.1%, respectively). However, the questions used to assess co-occurring psychological impairment were not based on established criteria for mood, sleep, anxiety, or substance use disorders. Two US case series involved face-to-face interviews of adult patients with problematic Internet use. Black et al 28 assessed 21 subjects with the Diagnostic Interview Schedule and found the lifetime prevalence of mood disorders and major depression to be 33% and 15%, respectively. Further, 38% had a lifetime substance use disorder and 19% had a lifetime diagnosis of anxiety disorder. In a case series that included 20 patients, Shapira et al 29 found a very high (70%) lifetime prevalence for bipolar affective disorder, type I or II, compared with 15% for major depression. Fifty-five percent had a lifetime prevalence of substance abuse, and 45% met criteria for social anxiety disorder. Fifty percent of subjects had a lifetime diagnosis of an impulse control disorder. The authors highlight their observation that patients’ Internet-related symptoms were more impulsive and egosyntonic than compulsive and egodystonic, concluding that problematic Internet use resembles the DSM-IV definition of an impulse control disorder more closely than that of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Our clinical experience supports this conclusion. As a group, surveys conducted among high school and college students show similarly high comorbidity rates with mood and anxiety disorders, but a link between attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and problematic Internet use seems more obvious than among adults. One study in 752 South Korean elementary students found that 33% of those with ADHD also met criteria for problematic Internet use 30. Another study in 216 Taiwanese college students showed that 32% subjects with problematic Internet use also had ADHD compared to only 8% of regular Internet users 31. Whether Web-based activities appeal to the short attention span of ADHD sufferers or whether excessive Internet use may cause inattention remains to be elucidated. The clinical evaluation of the patient with problematic Internet use should include a careful assessment of the comorbid conditions frequently present. Those should then be treated according to established treatment guidelines. To the extent that the Internet-related problem may stem from another diagnosis (e.g., a patient with severe social anxiety who starts leading a “virtual” life at the expense of offline interactions), it might improve as the primary condition is addressed. Pharmacotherapeutic and psychotherapeutic interventions specific to problematic Internet use have not yet received adequate testing in large, rigorous studies. Pharmacotherapy often begins with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). However, while effective in treating obsessive-compulsive disorder, SSRIs have shown mixed results in impulse control disorders 32,33,34,35–36. In light of the greater similarity between problematic Internet use and impulse control disorders compared to obsessive-compulsive disorder 29, it is unclear whether SSRIs will ultimately prove beneficial, and no double-blind placebo-controlled studies have been published so far. One discontinuation study tested escitalopram, 20 mg/day, in 19 subjects with problematic Internet use 37. During the 10-week open-label phase, subjects showed significant decreases in weekly hours spent online (from a mean of 36.8 hours to 16.5 hours) and improvement in global functioning. At the end of the 10 weeks, subjects were blindly randomized to either continued escitalopram treatment or to placebo. Beyond that, they were followed for 9 weeks. No significant difference was seen between the two groups at the end of the second phase, as gains achieved at week 10 were maintained in both treatment groups. The authors speculate that nine weeks may have not been sufficient for the effect to be lost in the placebo group or for additional gains to be made in the escitalopram group, but do not rule out the possibility that the improvement seen in the open-label phase may have been a placebo response. One case study reported successful treatment with naltrexone 38, a drug that has shown benefit in other impulse control disorders 39,40. The patient was a 31 year old male with compulsive cybersexual behavior who had failed antidepressants, group and individual psychotherapy, Sexual Addicts Anonymous, and pastoral counseling. Naltrexone (150 mg/day), gradually added to a stable dose of sertraline which on its own had been ineffective in treating his problematic Internet use, helped induce a three-year remission. The authors hypothesize that, by blocking the capacity of endogenous opioids to trigger dopamine release in response to reward, naltrexone may block the reinforcing nature of compulsive Internet sexual activity. Another case study reported the successful use of an atypical antipsychotic, quetiapine, 200 mg/day, gradually added to citalopram, in a 23 year old subject with problematic Internet use 41. The improvement was maintained at four-month follow-up. More recently, a study tested methylphenidate in 62 children with ADHD who were Internet video game players 42. Participants’ average age was around 9. After 8 weeks of treatment (average dose 30.5 mg/day), Internet usage decreased significantly and correlated with reduction in ADHD symptoms. The authors cautiously suggest that methylphenidate might be beneficial as a treatment for problematic Internet use, especially when co-occurring with ADHD. Of the psychotherapy approaches used, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) has received the most empiric investigation. The largest study enrolled 114 adult subjects and employed CBT interventions including: keeping a daily log of Internet activity, teaching time management skills, and confronting cognitive distortions and rationalizations frequently used by patients to justify continued Internet usage, such as “just a few more minutes won't hurt” 43. Most subjects were able to control their symptoms by the eighth session, and improvement was sustained over a 6-month follow-up. For children and adolescents, family-based interventions that improve communication and teach family monitoring of Internet use can be helpful 44. However, the intensive (and typically very expensive) residential treatment options that have received much media attention have undergone little empiric investigation to warrant a strong recommendation 2,45. The same applies to online treatment websites that encourage the person with problematic Internet use to “click here if you are addicted to the Internet”. For a medium that has so radically changed the way we conduct our lives, the Internet's effects on our psychological health remain understudied. Simply stating that similar fears were raised when the radio, movies and early video games were introduced is not sufficient: the immersive and interactive qualities of the virtual world, and its sheer penetrance, make it potentially more serious. Also deserving of exploration are the more subtle psychological changes that occur in the virtual world, such as online disinhibition and increased risk-taking 46. Those changes are not necessarily evidence of “Internet addiction”, and may not be pathological, but, as important features of the new virtual psychology, should also be studied. As our field continues to debate whether their condition belongs in the next edition of the DSM 47, patients continue to present with symptoms born out of the digital age, and their symptoms are changing as the technology evolves from browsers, to “crackberries”, to “smart phones” that combine texting, talking, video games, and browsing in one device that to many is like a new appendage. Even the “problematic Internet use” designation now seems outdated, which is why some have wisely opted for “pathological use of electronic media”, instead 47. Technology, like media outlets, remains far ahead of scientific investigation. Given the dramatic changes that our society is undergoing as a result of the Internet revolution, it behooves us to try to bridge the gap.

World Psychiatry · 340 citationsread the source →

Patterns of drug use among a sample of drug users and injecting drug users attending a General Practice in Iran.

Aim: This study aimed to examine drug use, drug treatment history and risk behaviour among a sample of Iranian drug users seeking treatment through a general practice clinic in Iran. Methods: Review of medical records and an intake questionnaire at a large general practice in Marvdasht, Iran, with a special interest in drug dependence treatment. Records from a random sample of injecting drug users (IDU), non-injecting drug users (DU) and non-drug using patients were examined. Results: 292 records were reviewed (34% IDU, 31% DU and 35% non-drug users). Eighty-three percent were males; all females were non-drug users. The mean age of the sample was 30 years. Of the IDU sample, 67% reported sharing a needle or syringe, 19% of these had done so in prison. Of those who had ever used drugs, being 'tired' of drug use was the most common reason for seeking help (34%). Mean age of first drug use was 20 years. The first drugs most commonly used were opium (72%), heroin (13%) and hashish/ other cannabinoids (13%). Three quarters reported having previously attempted to cease their drug use. IDU were more likely than DU to report having ever been imprisoned (41% vs 7%) and 41% to have used drugs in prison. Conclusion: This study has shown that there is a need for general practice clinics in Iran to treat drug users including those who inject and that a substantial proportion of those who inject have shared needles and syringes, placing them at risk of BBVI such as HIV and hepatitis C. The expansion of services for drug users in Iran such as needle and syringe programs and pharmacotherapies are likely to be effective in reducing the harms associated with opium use and heroin injection.

Harm reduction journal · 40 citationsread the source →

A social neuroscience perspective on clinical empathy

Clinical empathy is an important element of quality health care. Empathic communication is associated with improved patient satisfaction, increased adherence to treatment, and fewer malpractice complaints 1. Patients' perceptions of their physicians' empathy are positively related to more favorable health outcomes 2-4. In addition to improving patient outcomes, clinical empathy is associated with increased overall well-being for the physician 5. High levels of practitioner empathy have been associated with decreased burnout, personal distress, depression and anxiety, along with increased life satisfaction and psychological well-being 6, 7. Despite increasing appreciation of the value of empathy, medical educators continue to struggle with how best to educate students and residents on empathy maintenance. There have been several promising creative approaches that have shown demonstrable short-term success 8. However, there is a lack of evidence for enduring success, that is, for interventions during medical education that will enable physicians to sustain empathy throughout their careers. A more comprehensive and precise understanding of the subcomponents of empathy and how they are influenced by stress and anxiety is needed in order to design targeted interventions. Empathy is difficult to define, and an operational definition remains elusive. In medicine, empathy has often been conceptualized as consisting of two primary features: cognitive empathy, defined as the ability to recognize and understand another's experience, to communicate and confirm that understanding with the other person, and to take effective action to then act appropriately in a helpful manner 9, and affective empathy, defined as emotional resonance with the patient 10. Cognitive empathy has been singled out as beneficial in the clinical relationship, while affective empathy has been viewed as interfering with the physician's ability to make effective diagnoses and facilitate better outcomes. This has resulted in the teaching and practice of “detached concern”, a process where physicians establish a certain emotional distance from their patients in order to maintain objectivity and limit exposure to the negative emotions routinely experienced by those patients 11. However, recent research has demonstrated that the underlying rationale for implementing a “detached concern” approach is no longer tenable. First, affective engagement contributes to empathy, improving cognitive accuracy as well as affective understanding 12. Second, patients respond differently to emotionally engaged physicians. Patients who perceive their physicians as emotionally attuned or genuinely concerned disclose more, are more adherent to treatment, and show greater agency in addressing serious health problems such as cancer 11. Furthermore, there is now convincing empirical evidence that cognitive and affective aspects interact in the experience of empathy 13. Finally, the primary motivation behind the “detached concern” approach, that emotional connection will necessarily lead individuals into emotional turmoil, is not supported by the literature 14. Despite the clear importance of empathy in clinical settings, many physicians experience difficulty empathizing with their patients. For instance, a study which coded interviews between physicians and lung cancer patients found that, out of 384 empathic opportunities – defined as patients' statements including an explicit description of emotion or patients' statements or clues that indicated an underlying emotion – physicians responded empathically to only 39 (10%), most often reacting with little emotional support and shifting to biomedical questions and statements 15. Using patient-physician interaction videos where students are taught to identify and code these types of empathic opportunities, as well as what would be appropriate empathic responses, could help them more effectively address those opportunities. Additionally, sustaining empathy during distressing moments begins with doctors learning to take their own emotional temperatures, so that they can notice when they are anxious and take a deep breath or count to ten before responding to the patient. Both implementing mindfulness skills 16 and learning to return focus on the patient by becoming curious about what the patient is most concerned about at that moment can help physicians maintain empathy 11. Intensive training in mindful communication has been shown to reduce psychological distress and burnout, and increase empathy 17. The vast majority of individuals have the capacity for empathy, and research suggests that medical students start school with similar or higher levels of empathy compared to an age-matched control group 18. However, empathy significantly declines over the course of medical school 10. The precise underlying causes of this decline are not well understood, and multiple factors likely play a role. The decrease has been attributed to a curriculum that promotes the objectification of the patient 19, increasing workload, mistreatment by supervisors, and lack of emotional support 6, 20. High levels of burnout, personal distress, depression and anxiety have also been found to contribute to the erosion of empathy in medical school 7, 20. Notably, the decline in empathy is not consistent across students. A longitudinal study of 446 medical students found two distinct groups, with 70% showing a significant decline on the Jefferson Scale of Physician Empathy, and 30% seeming to have protective factors that neutralize the erosion of empathy 10. This study demonstrated that individuals in patient oriented specialties showed less decline in empathy than those in technology oriented specialties, and suggested that students with individual traits that protect against empathy erosion self-select into the more patient focused specialties 10. This could be the case, or it could be that training for patient focused areas places more emphasis on skills such as listening to the patient and how to counteract objectification of the patient, important to maintaining empathy in a patient-physician interaction. Additionally, greater perceived social support from faculty and greater satisfaction with the learning quality of the environment have been associated with increased resilience to burnout, and high levels of stress and fatigue have been associated with decreased resilience to burnout 21. As increased burnout has previously been associated with decreased empathy in medical students 22, it is possible that these protective factors might also contribute to maintaining empathy. Empathy is a natural socio-emotional competency that has evolved with the mammalian brain to form and maintain social bonds, and which encompasses different components 13. Affective sharing, the first element of empathy to appear during ontogeny, refers to the unconscious sharing of the affective state of another, which can be assessed by measures of concordance of skin conductance (an index of autonomic arousal) between two individuals 23. Empathic understanding entails the conscious awareness of the emotional state of another person. Empathic concern refers to a motivation to care for someone in need. Successful emotion regulation enables the control of emotion, drive and motivation in the service of adaptive behavior. Even though these components are intertwined and not independent of one another, it is helpful to consider them separately, as each contributes to various aspects of the experience of empathy, and could be the target of specific interventions to promote clinical empathy in medical students 24. Recent work in social neuroscience using functional neuroimaging demonstrates that the affective, cognitive and regulatory components of empathy involve interacting neural circuits 25. Empathic arousal is mediated by strong bidirectional connections between the brainstem, amygdala and sensory cortices, as well as connections with the hypothalamus, insula and somatosensory cortex 13, 24. The cognitive aspects of empathy, such as emotion understanding and emotion regulation, are closely related to processes involved in perspective taking, self-regulation, and executive attention subserved by the medial prefrontal cortex, dorsolateral prefrontal cortex and temporo-parietal junction. Finally, the ability to feel concern and care for others has deep evolutionary roots that likely evolved in the context of parental care 26. Its neural underpinnings are found in subcortical neural systems similar to those known to regulate maternal behavior, especially the hypothalamus and orbitofrontal cortex 27. These components differently contribute to the experience of clinical empathy. Affective sharing may act as a gain antecedent to empathic understanding, while cognitive components are important for representing the mental states of self and other, necessary to make decisions in a medical context 24. Importantly, the type of emotion regulation an individual employs largely determines whether cognitive resources are drained or primed 28. Specifically, research shows that a detached perspective can quickly dampen emotional reactions or filter out emotional information. This can be adaptive to a surgeon while operating on his anesthetized patient, but maladaptive when the same physician interacts with his patient after the surgery 28. This example illustrates the flexibility of emotion regulation in clinical settings, depending on both the physician's goals and the patient's needs. The perception of pain in others acts as an empathic signal, alerting individuals that another person is at risk, attracting their attention and motivating social behaviors. The neural response to the pain and distress of others, a situation familiar to physicians, has been used in social neuroscience research as a window into the neurobiological underpinnings of empathy. Several regions involved in the experience of physical pain, including the anterior cingulate cortex, insula, periaqueductal gray, orbitofrontal cortex and amygdala, are activated by the perception or even the imagination of another individual in pain 29. Importantly, the pattern of neural response is highly flexible and can be modulated by a number of contextual, cognitive, social and interpersonal factors 25. In the context of medicine, two neuroimaging experiments examined the neurophysiological response to the perception of pain in physicians 30, 31. Physicians as well as matched non-physician controls underwent functional magnetic resonance imaging while watching videos of needles being inserted into another person's body parts (face, hands and feet), as well as videos of the same areas being touched by a cotton bud 30. Physicians showed significantly less activation in brain areas involved in empathy for pain (anterior cingulate cortex, insula) than did non-physicians. In addition, physicians showed significantly greater activation in areas involved in executive control, self-regulation, and mental states understanding. These findings suggest less empathic arousal and greater cognitive regulation of an emotional response among the physicians, and indicate that physicians' down-regulation of the pain response dampens their negative arousal to the pain of others. This may have beneficial consequences by freeing up cognitive resources necessary for being of assistance and perhaps even for expressing empathic concern. These results may also inform individual differences in empathic decline and professional distress. Meta-analyses show that clinicians' distress is a key determinant of empathy decline 6. Medical students who are most vulnerable to professional distress, which may lead to emotional exhaustion, detachment and a low sense of accomplishment, may be those who have difficulties regulating their negative emotions. On the other hand, students with overly suppressed pain responses and insufficient negative arousal will also have problems with empathy. Some modicum empathic arousal (or affective sharing) may be necessary to help physicians attune to and empathically understand patients' emotions. A positive emotional reappraisal requires emotional content from the patient to be reinterpreted, molding potentially important information once it is available 28. Empathic disposition varies across individuals, and these differences are likely in part accounted for by interactions between an individual's life history, psychological traits and genetic makeup. Attachment is one construct, first proposed by Bowlby 32, which appears to reside at the interface of all three of these determinants. Attachment theory offers a compelling framework for understanding one's capacity to connect with others and develop supportive relationships as coping resources, and predicts individual differences in empathy 33. Security of attachment correlates with the individual degree of empathy and successful emotion regulation, and is inversely related to pain report and emotional distress 34. Empirical research also indicates that attachment security provides a foundation for empathic concern and caregiving 35. Importantly, these attachment styles are relatively stable across the lifespan. In recent years, a great deal of work has begun to reveal some of the underlying neuroanatomical and neurochemical foundations of attachment-related processes and the variance in such attributes both between and within species 36. Such research has identified a number of neuropeptides that are clearly involved in an array of attachment-related social behaviors, including opioids, vasopressin and oxytocin. Oxytocin, for example, has been demonstrated to play a central role in the initiation of maternal behaviors, social recognition and pair bonding in rodents 37. Studies in humans have demonstrated that oxytocin infusion can modulate a number of attachment-related behaviors, including trust, generosity, empathic concern, and empathic accuracy 38. Oxytocin administration selectively reduces emotional arousal to threatening social images 39 and differentially modulates visual attention toward social signals of positive approach 40. Moreover, it appears that individuals lacking high quality social connections show significantly reduced responses to oxytocin administration 39, which may reflect reduced receptor sensitivity. Research into the influence of genetic variation within the oxytocin receptor has provided converging evidence of the role that oxytocin plays in human social behavior. Polymorphisms within the oxytocin receptor have been shown to be related to affiliative behavior, behavioral and dispositional empathy, and perceived social connectedness 41. Similarly, genetic variation in the oxytocin receptor is related to decreased neuroendocrine and autonomic reactivity to social stress and interacts with perceived social support to dampen physiological reactivity to social-evaluative threat 41. Importantly, this does not suggest that empathy-related behaviors are genetically determined. Particular alleles in the oxytocin receptor system (or vasopressin or opioid systems) previously considered “vulnerability genes” can actually be viewed as “plasticity genes” in that they allow some individuals to be more sensitive to the social environment in general 42. This is consistent with the observation of large individual differences in what can be viewed as a “biological sensitivity to context”, in which people are especially interpersonally adept in socially supportive environments and especially anxious and withdrawn in noxious environments 43. A meta-analysis of studies that evaluated various contextual influences on patient outcomes found that physicians who adopted a reassuring warm and friendly approach were more effective than those employing detached concern 44. Empathic medical care may provide patients with a sense of personal connection and perceived control over their health that results in more effective coping strategies, influencing health outcomes through chronic modulation of physiological stress responses. In fact, a quarter century of research in neuroendocrinology and stress physiology has clearly demonstrated that the perception of social support and stressor controllability can have profound influences on the hormonal, cardiovascular and immunological response to a broad array of physiological responses in both humans and non-human animal models 45. Indeed, perceived controllability over a stressor is associated with prefrontal cortex mediated regulation of limbic (amygdala and hypothalamus) and brainstem (dorsal raphe nucleus) structures associated with neuroendocrine and autonomic nervous system reactivity 45. This provides a direct pathway through which the perception of one's ability to control aspects of his/her disease is capable of regulating physiological processes ranging from glucose metabolism and blood pressure to immunomodulation and neurogenesis 46. Physicians routinely present information to their patients capable of generating substantial physiological stress responses. In many such cases, the physician-patient relationship represents the front line in the battle against disease, as it has the potential to shape the endogenous responses to illness-related stress that, in some cases, can have effects similar to pharmacological interventions 3. Empathic concern, as opposed to detached concern, allows physicians to better understand their patients and modify their approach to fit the individuals they are attempting to treat. Given the past quarter century of work showing that quality emotional connection has comparable influences on health outcomes as obesity and hypertension 47, it is clear that empathic approaches are needed for patient care. The current view of empathy in clinical practice is limited and focused primarily on self-reports of physicians, with little understanding of the mechanisms which contribute to declining empathy during medical school and a lack of empathy generally within the medical field. A better scientific understanding of the connections between the mechanisms involved in interpersonal sensitivity, empathy, and care-giving behavior is needed to help physicians maintain high levels of empathy in clinical practice while limiting burnout and personal distress 48. This understanding should be incorporated into research on the organizational and contextual factors that shape medical professionalization. It is now possible to bring to the study of clinical empathy a risk-vulnerability approach that promises to be both more precise and more comprehensive than previous research. This approach will increase our capacity to design better institutions and educational interventions to support empathy within clinical practice and to protect against its decline. Some interventions to improve empathy and communication between physicians and patients have already shown positive effects on both physicians' professional satisfaction and well-being. There is a need, however, for dedicated research to respond to the vital call for empathy enhancement in medicine with programs using social neuroscience-based knowledge. The writing of this paper was supported by grants from the John Templeton Foundation (The Science of Philanthropy Initiative and Wisdom Research at the University of Chicago) and from National Institutes of Health (R01MH087525; R01MH084934) to J. Decety.

World Psychiatry · 97 citationsread the source →

Paradoxes in advance care planning: the complex relationship of oncology patients, their physicians, and advance medical directives.

Purpose: Many seriously ill patients with cancer do not discuss prognosis or advance directives (ADs), which may lead to inappropriate and/or unwanted aggressive care at the end of life. Ten years ago, patients with cancer said they would not like to discuss ADs with their oncologist but would be willing to discuss them with an admitting physician. We assessed whether this point of view still held. Patients and methods: Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 75 consecutively admitted patients with cancer in the cancer inpatient service. Results: Of those enrolled, 41% (31 of 75) had an AD. Nearly all (87%, 65 of 75) thought it acceptable to discuss ADs with the admitting physician with whom they had no prior relationship, and 95% (62 of 65) thought that discussing AD issues was very or somewhat important. Only 7% (5 of 75) had discussed ADs with their oncologist, and only 23% (16 of 70) would like to discuss ADs with their oncologist. When specifically asked which physician they would choose, 48% (36 of 75) of patients would prefer their oncologist, and 35% (26 of 75) would prefer their primary care physician. Conclusion: Fewer than half of seriously ill patients with cancer admitted to an oncology service have an AD. Only 23% (16 of 70) would like to discuss their ADs with their oncologist but nearly all supported a policy of discussing ADs with their admitting physician. However, fully 48% (36 of 75) actually preferred to discuss advance directives with their oncologist if AD discussion was necessary. We must educate patients on why communicating their ADs is beneficial and train primary care physicians, house staff, hospitalists, and oncologists to initiate these difficult discussions.

Journal of clinical oncology : official journal of the American Society of Clinical Oncology · 115 citationsread the source →

Analysis of demographic characteristics in 3242 young age gastric cancer patients in Korea.

Aim: To evaluate the epidemiologic features of young age gastric cancer (GC). Methods: Retrospectively, a total of 3242 patients with GC between 18 and 45 years of age and 3000 sex- and age-matched controls were reviewed. All subjects were stratified into 3 groups based on age (A, 18-30 years; B, 31-40 years; C, 41-45 years). Epidemiologic characteristics and risk factors were investigated with reference to their age and gender. Results: Compared to controls, more frequent intake of high risk diet (P = 0.00075), history of heavy smoking (P = 0.00087), intake of heavy alcohol (P = 0.00091), lower social economic status (P = 0.00083), body mass index > 30 (P = 0.00097), urban residence (P = 0.00065), and more frequent exposure to harmful occupational environments (P = 0.00072) were observed in all age groups and both genders in young age GC. These relationships were weaker in females compared to males of the same age, and were stronger as the age of patients increased. However, in group C of young age GC patients, environmental factors played important roles in females and males with a similar body weight. In females, older age at first delivery (> 35 years), lack of lactation history, nulliparity, and poor nutritional status during pregnancy were significantly associated with an increased risk of GC (P = 0.00034). In this study, 252 patients (7.8%) had a family history of GC with high odds ratio (OR) (3.22-4.21). In particular, family history was more closely associated with GC in males (OR, 4.21 in male vs 3.46 in female) and more advanced cases (P = 0.00051). Conclusion: Hormonal associated factors were more commonly associated with females whereas environmental factors were more commonly associated with males in young age GC patients.

World journal of gastroenterology · 82 citationsread the source →

The effectiveness of web-based programs on the reduction of childhood obesity in school-aged children: A systematic review.

Review objective: The objective of this review is to synthesise the best available evidence on the effectiveness of web-based programs on the reduction of childhood obesity in school age children. Background: Childhood obesity is one of the most serious public health challenges of the 21st century. The problem is global and is steadily affecting many low- and middle-income countries, particularly in urban settings.[1] The prevalence has increased at an alarming rate globally.[2] The International Association for the Study of Obesity; estimates that up to 200 million school aged children are either overweight or obese, of those 40-50 million are classified as obese. Obesity has negative health impact in childhood, as well as in the long term. Overweight and obesity are defined as abnormal or excessive fat accumulation that may impair health. Body mass index (BMI) is a simple index of weight-for-height that is commonly used to classify overweight and obesity. It is defined as a person's weight in kilograms divided by the square of his/her height in meters (kg/m). The World Health Organization defines overweight as BMI greater than or equal to 25 and BMI greater than or equal to 30 as obesity. Children two years of age or older with a BMI between the 85 and 94 percentile on age-growth charts are considered overweight; children with a BMI greater than the 95 percentile are considered obese. BMI provides the most useful population-level measure of overweight and obesity as it is the same for both sexes and for all ages worldwide. Measures of central obesity such as the waist:hip ratio and waist circumference can provide more robust indices of overall obesity-related health risk than BMI alone. A BMI z-score is a quantitative measure of the deviation of a specific BMI percentile from the mean of that population. A positive z-score indicates a child is heavier than the mean and a negative z-score indicates a child is lighter than the mean. Thus, a z-score compares the BMI of a given child to the BMI distribution for a population of children of the same age and sex. The incidence of obesity has more than doubled since 1980. Overweight and obesity now ranks as the fifth leading global risk for mortality. Sixty-five percent of the world's population lives in countries where childhood overweight and obesity kills more people than being underweight. In addition, 44% of the diabetes burden, 23% of the ischemic heart disease burden, and between 7% and 41% of certain cancer burdens are attributable to overweight and obesity. Childhood obesity continues to be a significant health problem in the United States. There has been a rapid rise in obesity among the school-age population despite efforts made by Healthy People 2010 in promoting weight management and physical activity. These on-going efforts have been extended to be part of the goals for Healthy People 2020. The United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention calculated that approximately 17% children between the ages of two to nineteen years of age were at or above the 97 percentile for being obese. These figures are more than three times the anticipated 5% set in the Healthy People 2010 report. Overweight and obese children are likely to stay obese into adulthood and are more likely to develop non-communicable diseases like diabetes and cardiovascular diseases at a younger age. In addition to a higher risk of obesity and non-communicable diseases later in life, affected children experience adverse outcomes such as breathing difficulties, increased risk of fractures, hypertension, and early markers of cardiovascular disease, different forms of cancers, insulin resistance, and psychological effects. Childhood obesity is associated with a higher chance of obesity, premature death, and disability in adulthood. If a child is overweight before eight years of age, obesity in adulthood is likely to be more severe. Child and adolescent obesity is also associated with increased risk of emotional problems. Teens with weight problems tend to have much lower self-esteem and are less popular with their peers. Depression, anxiety, and obsessive compulsive disorder can also occur as a result of childhood obesity. In addition to the diseases associated with obesity, the economic consequences of obesity are enormous for families, health care systems, and the global economy. Direct medical costs include preventative, diagnostic, and treatment services related to overweight and associated co-morbidities. European nations spend 2-8% of their health care budgets on obesity, equating to 0.6% of their gross domestic product. In the United States, estimates based on 2008 data indicated that overweight and obesity account for $147 billion in total medical expenditure. This shows an increase from the $117 billion spent in the year 2000.While indirect costs of overweight and obesity on society can be significantly higher, they are often overlooked. These costs stem from childhood obesity continuing on to obesity in adulthood, which can then results in income lost from decreased productivity, reduced opportunities and restricted activity, illness, absenteeism, and premature death. In addition, there are high costs associated with the numerous infrastructure changes that societies must make to cope with obese people such as reinforced beds, operating tables and wheel chairs; enlarged turnstiles and seats in in public gathering spaces; and modifications to transportation safety standards. Obesity is reaching pandemic proportions across much of the world, and its consequences are set to impose unparalleled health, financial and social burdens on global society unless effective actions are taken to reverse the trend. Reducing the incidence of obesity in childhood can help children grow into adults with normal body weights and the tools necessary to sustain a health weight. Haerens, et al. explains the importance of school-based programs in dealing with the serious problem of childhood obesity and overweight. The school setting is known as having a powerful influence on student's eating and physical activities. Programs that may have a more positive impact are those that help increase physical activity and promote healthy foods in youth. Previous studies looking at the implementation of diet and exercise programs in schools were effective in changing food habits and increasing physical activity; however, few of these studies showed a reduction in body weight. The Planet Health study, conducted over a period of two years, focused on healthy life style and showed a reduction in obesity in girls but not in boys. The M-span study, a two-year study involving proper diet, exercise, and parental support showed a reduction of BMI only in boys. Haerens, et al. further explains that the above mentioned studies needed to be done in a more personalised manner in order to achieve more positive result; however, they are limited by the time consumption and financial demands necessary to carry out the proposed intervention. Haerens, et al. conducted a two year study of the effect of a program including physical activity, healthy eating, and parental support with a computer-tailored component on BMI and BMI z-score in boys and girls. This intervention resulted in significant reduction in BMI in girls only. Carlson, et al. conducted a 12-month web-based weight loss intervention program which included physical activity and dietary behaviour. The program was found to be a potential low cost method to positively impact public health and health behaviours. Furthermore, 55% of the participants in the intervention group compared with 35% in the control group made an improvement in moderate-to-vigorous physical activity and diet. Doyle, et al. conducted an randomised controlled trial evaluating the effects of an Internet delivered program targeting weight loss on 80 overweight ethnically diverse 12-17 year olds. BMI z-scores were reduced in the intervention group compared with the usual care group post intervention and the intervention group maintained their reduction in BMI z-score at the four month follow up; however, statistical significance was not achieved at the four month follow up due to improvements in weight loss in the usual care group over time. The United States Department of Health and Human Services report of 2009 indicates that school aged children spend an average of 7 hours and 11 minutes per day watching television, using a computer, and playing video games. Using these technology devices as educational tools could have significant impact by increasing knowledge about healthy choices. Web-based technology has become part of our children's life in the last decade providing the foundation to a large number of daily activities. The use of web-based technology may be one method to provide a more personalised intervention to reduce obesity in school-aged children. The search for previously conducted systematic reviews on the effectiveness of web based programs on obesity in children identified a systematic review conducted by An, et al., which included studies published between 1995 and April 2009. A critical appraisal of this systematic review determined it to be of reduced quality due to lack of transparency in reporting the details of the search strategy, inclusion and exclusion criteria, and assessment of the primary studies' methodological quality. The proposed systematic review will expand on the prior systematic review using the rigorous search strategy and assessment for methodological quality outlined below to identify the best available research to determine the effectiveness of web-based programs on childhood obesity. The current review will also seek to identify any more current research on the topic while expanding the inclusion criteria from the internet-based interventions included in An, et al. to other forms for web-based technologies, such as smart phones, that have become increasingly popular with this population. The use of the web for communication purposes came into existence in 1991, but it was not really until the mid to late 1990's that information professionals understood its usefulness and the magnitude of a medium that would have far-reaching positive consequences. This systematic review will include studies published from 1991 to the present date to identify all relevant studies on this topic.

JBI library of systematic reviews · 33 citationsread the source →